]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/varasm.c
/cp
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "optabs.h"
51 #include "output.h"
52 #include "langhooks.h"
53 #include "debug.h"
54 #include "common/common-target.h"
55 #include "stringpool.h"
56 #include "attribs.h"
57 #include "asan.h"
58 #include "rtl-iter.h"
59 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
60
61 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
62 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
63 #endif
64
65 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
66 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
67 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
68
69 const char *first_global_object_name;
70 const char *weak_global_object_name;
71
72 class addr_const;
73 class constant_descriptor_rtx;
74 struct rtx_constant_pool;
75
76 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
77
78 /* Number for making the label on the next
79 constant that is stored in memory. */
80
81 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
82
83 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
84 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
85
86 int size_directive_output;
87
88 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
89 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
90 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
91 this holds 0. */
92
93 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
94
95 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
96 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
97
98 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
99
100 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
101
102 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
103
104 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
105 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
106 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
107 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
108 #endif
109 static void decode_addr_const (tree, class addr_const *);
110 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
111 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
112 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
113 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
114 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
115 unsigned int, bool, bool);
116 static void globalize_decl (tree);
117 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
118 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
119 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
120 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
121 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
122 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
123 #endif
124 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
125 static void mark_weak (tree);
126 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
127 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
128 \f
129 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
130 section *text_section;
131 section *data_section;
132 section *readonly_data_section;
133 section *sdata_section;
134 section *ctors_section;
135 section *dtors_section;
136 section *bss_section;
137 section *sbss_section;
138
139 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
140 section *tls_comm_section;
141 section *comm_section;
142 section *lcomm_section;
143
144 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
145 May be null. */
146 section *bss_noswitch_section;
147
148 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
149 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
150 switch_to_exception_section. */
151 section *exception_section;
152
153 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
154 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
155 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
156 section *eh_frame_section;
157
158 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
159 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
160 section *in_section;
161
162 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
163 at the cold section. */
164 bool in_cold_section_p;
165
166 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
167 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
168 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
169 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
170 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
171 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
172
173 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
174 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
175
176 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
177 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
178 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
179
180 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
181 {
182 typedef const char *compare_type;
183
184 static hashval_t hash (section *);
185 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
186 };
187
188 /* Hash table of named sections. */
189 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
190
191 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
192 {
193 typedef const section *compare_type;
194
195 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
196 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
197 };
198
199 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
200 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
201
202 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
203 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
204
205 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
206 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
207
208 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
209
210 bool
211 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
212 {
213 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
214 }
215
216 hashval_t
217 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
218 {
219 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
220 }
221
222 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
223
224 static hashval_t
225 hash_section (section *sect)
226 {
227 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
228 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
229 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
230 }
231
232 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
233
234 inline bool
235 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
236 {
237 return old->sect == new_section;
238 }
239
240 hashval_t
241 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
242 {
243 return hash_section (old->sect);
244 }
245
246 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
247
248 section *
249 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
250 const void *data)
251 {
252 section *sect;
253
254 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
255 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
256 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
257 sect->unnamed.data = data;
258 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
259
260 unnamed_sections = sect;
261 return sect;
262 }
263
264 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
265
266 static section *
267 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
268 {
269 section *sect;
270
271 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
272 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
273 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
274
275 return sect;
276 }
277
278 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
279 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
280
281 section *
282 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
283 {
284 section *sect, **slot;
285
286 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
287 INSERT);
288 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
289 if (*slot == NULL)
290 {
291 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
292 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
293 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
294 sect->named.decl = decl;
295 *slot = sect;
296 }
297 else
298 {
299 sect = *slot;
300 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
301 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
302 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
303 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
304 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
305 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
306 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
307 {
308 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
310 }
311 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
312 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
313 {
314 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
315 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
316 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
317 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
318 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
319 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
320 relocations. */
321 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
322 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
323 && (sect->common.flags
324 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
326 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
327 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
328 {
329 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
330 return sect;
331 }
332 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
333 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
334 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
335 && decl != sect->named.decl)
336 {
337 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
338 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
339 decl, sect->named.decl);
340 else
341 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
342 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
343 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
344 }
345 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
346 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
347 else
348 error ("section type conflict");
349 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
350 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
351 }
352 }
353 return sect;
354 }
355
356 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
357 objects grouped into blocks. */
358
359 static bool
360 use_object_blocks_p (void)
361 {
362 return flag_section_anchors;
363 }
364
365 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
366 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
367 itself is null. Return also null for mergeable sections since
368 section anchors can't be used in mergeable sections anyway,
369 because the linker might move objects around, and using the
370 object blocks infrastructure in that case is both a waste and a
371 maintenance burden. */
372
373 static struct object_block *
374 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
375 {
376 struct object_block *block;
377
378 if (sect == NULL)
379 return NULL;
380
381 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
382 return NULL;
383
384 object_block **slot
385 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
386 INSERT);
387 block = *slot;
388 if (block == NULL)
389 {
390 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
391 block->sect = sect;
392 *slot = block;
393 }
394 return block;
395 }
396
397 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
398 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
399 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
400
401 static rtx
402 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
403 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
404 {
405 rtx symbol;
406 unsigned int size;
407
408 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
409 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
410 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
411
412 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
413 memset (symbol, 0, size);
414 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
415 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
416 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
417 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
418
419 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
420 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
421 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
422
423 return symbol;
424 }
425
426 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
427 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
428 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
429 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
430 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
431 section_type_flags. */
432
433 section *
434 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
435 {
436 unsigned int flags;
437
438 if (name == NULL)
439 {
440 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
441 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
442 }
443
444 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
445 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
446 }
447
448 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
449
450 static bool
451 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
452 {
453 n->implicit_section = true;
454 return false;
455 }
456
457 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
458
459 void
460 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
461 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
462 {
463 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
464 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
465 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
466 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
467 {
468 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
469 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
470 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
471 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
472 }
473 }
474
475 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
476
477 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
478
479 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
480 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
481 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
482 support is localized here. */
483
484 static void
485 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
486 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
487 int align)
488 {
489 switch_to_section (bss_section);
490 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
491 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
492 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
493 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
494 #else
495 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
496 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
497 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
498 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
499 }
500
501 #endif
502
503 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
504
505 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
506 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
507 null DECLs. */
508
509 static section *
510 hot_function_section (tree decl)
511 {
512 if (decl != NULL_TREE
513 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
514 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
515 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
516 else
517 return text_section;
518 }
519 #endif
520
521 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
522 is NULL.
523
524 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
525 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
526 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
527 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
528
529 section *
530 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
531 const char *text_section_name,
532 const char *named_section_suffix)
533 {
534 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
535 {
536 if (named_section_suffix)
537 {
538 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
539 const char *stripped_name;
540 char *name, *buffer;
541
542 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
543 memcpy (name, dsn,
544 strlen (dsn) + 1);
545
546 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
547
548 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
549 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
550 }
551 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
552 {
553 const char *name;
554
555 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
556 slipperly. */
557 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
558 return NULL;
559 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
560 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
561 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
562 name, NULL)), 0);
563 }
564 else
565 return NULL;
566 }
567 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
568 }
569
570 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
571
572 section *
573 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
574 bool startup, bool exit)
575 {
576 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
577 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
578 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
579 if (decl
580 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
581 return NULL;
582 #endif
583
584 if (!flag_reorder_functions
585 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
586 return NULL;
587 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
588 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
589 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
590 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
591 {
592 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
593 these ELF section. */
594 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
595 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
596 else
597 return NULL;
598 }
599
600 /* Similarly for exit. */
601 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
602 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
603
604 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
605 switch (freq)
606 {
607 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
608 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
609 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
610 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
611 these ELF section. */
612 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
613 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
614 /* FALLTHRU */
615 default:
616 return NULL;
617 }
618 }
619
620 /* Return the section for function DECL.
621
622 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
623 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
624
625 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
626 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
627
628 static section *
629 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
630 {
631 section *section = NULL;
632 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
633 bool startup = false, exit = false;
634
635 if (decl)
636 {
637 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
638
639 if (node)
640 {
641 freq = node->frequency;
642 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
643 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
644 }
645 }
646 if (force_cold)
647 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
648
649 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
650 if (decl != NULL_TREE
651 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
652 {
653 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
654 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
655 startup, exit);
656 if (section)
657 return section;
658 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
659 }
660 else
661 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
662 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
663 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
664 #else
665 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
666 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
667 if (section)
668 return section;
669 return hot_function_section (decl);
670 #endif
671 }
672
673 /* Return the section for function DECL.
674
675 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
676 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
677
678 section *
679 function_section (tree decl)
680 {
681 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
682 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
683 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
684 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
685 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
686 return function_section_1 (decl,
687 first_function_block_is_cold);
688 }
689
690 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
691 into account. */
692
693 section *
694 current_function_section (void)
695 {
696 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
697 }
698
699 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
700
701 section *
702 unlikely_text_section (void)
703 {
704 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
705 }
706
707 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
708 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
709 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
710 default cold section. */
711
712 bool
713 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
714 {
715 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
716 }
717
718 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
719 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
720
721 void
722 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
723 {
724 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
725 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
726 }
727
728 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
729
730 section *
731 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
732 {
733 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
734 {
735 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
736
737 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
738 {
739 const char *dot;
740 size_t len;
741 char* rname;
742
743 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
744 if (!dot)
745 dot = name;
746 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
747 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
748
749 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
750 strcat (rname, dot);
751 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
752 }
753 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
754 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
755 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
756 {
757 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
758 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
759
760 memcpy (rname, name, len);
761 rname[14] = 'r';
762 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
763 }
764 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
765 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
766 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
767 {
768 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
769 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
770
771 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
772 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
773 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
774 }
775 }
776
777 return readonly_data_section;
778 }
779
780 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
781 for targets where that section should be always the single
782 readonly data section. */
783
784 section *
785 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
786 {
787 return readonly_data_section;
788 }
789
790 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
791
792 static const char *
793 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
794 {
795 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
796 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
797 return s->named.name;
798 else
799 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
800 }
801
802 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
803
804 static section *
805 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
806 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
807 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
808 {
809 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
810
811 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
812 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
813 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
814 && align <= 256
815 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
816 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
817 {
818 scalar_int_mode mode;
819 unsigned int modesize;
820 const char *str;
821 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
822 int j, unit;
823 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
824 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
825
826 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
827 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
828 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
829 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
830 {
831 if (align < modesize)
832 align = modesize;
833
834 if (!HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE && align > 8)
835 return readonly_data_section;
836
837 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
838 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
839
840 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
841 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
842 {
843 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
844 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
845 break;
846 if (j == unit)
847 break;
848 }
849 if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
850 {
851 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
852 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
853 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
854 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
855 }
856 }
857 }
858
859 return readonly_data_section;
860 }
861
862 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
863
864 section *
865 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
866 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
867 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
868 {
869 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
870 && mode != VOIDmode
871 && mode != BLKmode
872 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
873 && align >= 8
874 && align <= 256
875 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0
876 && (HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE ? 1 : align == 8))
877 {
878 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
879 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
880
881 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
882 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
883 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
884 }
885 return readonly_data_section;
886 }
887 \f
888 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
889
890 static const char *
891 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
892 {
893 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
894 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
895 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
896 #endif
897 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
898 name++;
899 return name;
900 }
901 \f
902 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
903 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
904 it. */
905 void
906 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
907 {
908 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
909 starred[0] = '*';
910 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
911 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
912 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
913 }
914 \f
915 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
916 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
917 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
918 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
919 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
920 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
921 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
922
923 int
924 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
925 {
926 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
927 *pnregs = 1;
928
929 if (asmspec != 0)
930 {
931 int i;
932
933 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
934 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
935
936 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
937 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
938 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
939 break;
940 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
941 {
942 i = atoi (asmspec);
943 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
944 return i;
945 else
946 return -2;
947 }
948
949 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
950 if (reg_names[i][0]
951 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
952 return i;
953
954 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
955 {
956 static const struct
957 {
958 const char *const name;
959 const int number;
960 const int nregs;
961 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
962
963 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
964 if (table[i].name[0]
965 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
966 {
967 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
968 return table[i].number;
969 }
970 }
971 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
972
973 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
974 {
975 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
976 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
977
978 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
979 if (table[i].name[0]
980 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
981 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
982 return table[i].number;
983 }
984 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
985
986 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
987 return -4;
988
989 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
990 return -3;
991
992 return -2;
993 }
994
995 return -1;
996 }
997
998 int
999 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
1000 {
1001 int count;
1002 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
1003 }
1004
1005 \f
1006 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
1007
1008 bool
1009 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
1010 {
1011 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1012 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1013 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1014 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1015 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1016 to mark offlined constructors. */
1017 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1018 && !in_lto_p)
1019 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1020 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1021 }
1022
1023 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1024 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1025
1026 void
1027 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1028 {
1029 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1030
1031 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1032 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1033 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1034 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1035 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1036 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1037
1038 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1039 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1040 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1041 {
1042 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1043 "file alignment %d", decl,
1044 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1045 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1046 }
1047
1048 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1049 {
1050 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1051 unsigned int data_abi_align
1052 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1053 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1054 TLS variables. */
1055 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1056 align = data_abi_align;
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1060 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1061 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1062 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1063 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1064 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1065 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1066 {
1067 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1068 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1069 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1070 is too precious. */
1071 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1072 align = data_align;
1073 #endif
1074 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1075 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1076 to mark offlined constructors. */
1077 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1078 {
1079 unsigned int const_align
1080 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1081 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1082 space is too precious. */
1083 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1084 align = const_align;
1085 }
1086 }
1087 }
1088
1089 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1090 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1091 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1092 }
1093
1094 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1095 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1096
1097 static unsigned int
1098 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1099 {
1100 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1101
1102 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1103 everything. */
1104 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1105 return align;
1106
1107 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1108 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1109 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1110 #endif
1111
1112 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1113 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1114 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1115 as an optimization. */
1116 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1117 {
1118 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1119 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1120 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1121 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1122 is too precious. */
1123 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1124 align = data_align;
1125 #endif
1126 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1127 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1128 to mark offlined constructors. */
1129 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1130 {
1131 unsigned int const_align
1132 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1133 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1134 is too precious. */
1135 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1136 align = const_align;
1137 }
1138 }
1139
1140 return align;
1141 }
1142
1143 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1144 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1145 section should be used wherever possible. */
1146
1147 section *
1148 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1149 {
1150 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1151 int reloc;
1152 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1153 if (vnode)
1154 {
1155 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1156 decl = vnode->decl;
1157 }
1158
1159 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1160 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1161
1162 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1163 if (vnode)
1164 vnode->get_constructor ();
1165
1166 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1167 {
1168 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1169 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1170 be handled as such. */
1171 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1172 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1173 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1174 return tls_comm_section;
1175 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1176 return comm_section;
1177 }
1178
1179 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1180 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1181 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1182 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1183 else
1184 reloc = 0;
1185
1186 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1187 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1188 {
1189 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1190
1191 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1192 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1193 {
1194 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1195 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1196 sect->named.name);
1197 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1198 }
1199 return sect;
1200 }
1201
1202 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1203 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1204 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1205 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1206 {
1207 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1208 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1209 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1210 return lcomm_section;
1211 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1212 return bss_noswitch_section;
1213 }
1214
1215 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1216 get_variable_align (decl));
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1220
1221 static struct object_block *
1222 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1223 {
1224 section *sect;
1225
1226 if (VAR_P (decl))
1227 {
1228 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1229 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1230 return NULL;
1231
1232 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1233 isolated by definition. */
1234 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1235 return NULL;
1236 }
1237
1238 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1239 constant size. */
1240 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1241 return NULL;
1242 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1243 return NULL;
1244
1245 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1246 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1247 if (VAR_P (decl))
1248 align_variable (decl, 0);
1249 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1250 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1251 return NULL;
1252
1253 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1254 }
1255
1256 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1257
1258 static void
1259 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1260 {
1261 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1262 {
1263 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1264 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1265 }
1266 }
1267
1268 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1269
1270 static bool
1271 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1272 {
1273 struct symtab_node *snode;
1274
1275 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1276 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1277 return false;
1278
1279 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1280 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1281 for those. */
1282 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1283 return false;
1284
1285 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1286 definition. */
1287 if (VAR_P (decl)
1288 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1289 && snode->alias)
1290 return false;
1291
1292 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1296 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1297 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1298 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1299 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1300 chain. */
1301
1302 static inline tree
1303 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1304 {
1305 tree target = *alias;
1306
1307 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1308 {
1309 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1310 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1311 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1312 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1313 *alias = target;
1314 }
1315
1316 return target;
1317 }
1318
1319 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1320 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1321 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1322
1323 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1324 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1325
1326 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1327
1328 void
1329 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1330 {
1331 const char *name = 0;
1332 int reg_number;
1333 tree id;
1334 rtx x;
1335
1336 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1337 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1338 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1339
1340 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1341 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1342 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1343 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1344 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1345 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1346
1347 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1348 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1349 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1350
1351 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1352 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1353 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1354 {
1355 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1356 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1357 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1358 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1359
1360 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1361 return;
1362
1363 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1364 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1365 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1366 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1367
1368 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1369 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1370 decl attribute overrides another. */
1371 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1372
1373 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1374 on the new decl information. */
1375 if (MEM_P (x)
1376 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1377 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1378 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1379
1380 return;
1381 }
1382
1383 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1384 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1385 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1386 {
1387 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1388 return;
1389 }
1390
1391 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1392 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1393
1394 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1395 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1396 {
1397 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1398 }
1399 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1400 {
1401 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1402 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1403 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1404 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1405 if (reg_number == -1)
1406 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1407 else if (reg_number < 0)
1408 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1409 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1410 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1411 decl);
1412 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1413 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1414 " by the current target", decl);
1415 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1416 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1417 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1418 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1419 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1420 decl);
1421 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1422 else
1423 {
1424 int nregs;
1425
1426 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1427 {
1428 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1429 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1430 }
1431 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1432 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1433 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1434 "writes to register variables");
1435
1436 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1437 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1438 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1439 somewhat suspect... */
1440
1441 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1442 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1443 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1444
1445 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1446 {
1447 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1448 else. */
1449 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1450 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1451 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1452 #endif
1453 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1454 while (nregs > 0)
1455 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1456 }
1457
1458 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1459 return;
1460 }
1461 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1462 specifications. */
1463 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1464 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1465 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1466 decl now. */
1467 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1468 return;
1469 }
1470 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1471 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1472 else if (name[0] == '*')
1473 {
1474 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1475 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1476 {
1477 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1478 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1479 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1480 }
1481 #endif
1482 }
1483
1484 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1485 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1486 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1487 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1488 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1489 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1490 if (VAR_P (decl)
1491 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1492 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1493 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1494 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1495 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1496
1497 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1498 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1499 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1500
1501 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1502 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1503 else
1504 {
1505 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1506 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1507 {
1508 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1509 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1510 }
1511 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1512 }
1513 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1514 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1515
1516 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1517 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1518 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1519 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1520
1521 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1522 such as that it is a function name.
1523 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1524 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1525 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1526 }
1527
1528 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1529 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1530 rtl. */
1531
1532 rtx
1533 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1534 {
1535 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1536 rtx rtl;
1537
1538 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1539 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1540
1541 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1542 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1543 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1544 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1545 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1546 new set. */
1547 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1548 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1549
1550 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1551 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1552 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1553 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1554
1555 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1556 return rtl;
1557 }
1558 \f
1559 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1560 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1561
1562 void
1563 assemble_asm (tree string)
1564 {
1565 const char *p;
1566 app_enable ();
1567
1568 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1569 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1570
1571 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1572 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1573 }
1574
1575 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1576 void
1577 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1578 {
1579 switch_to_section (sec);
1580 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1581 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1582 }
1583
1584 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1585 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1586 section *
1587 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1588 {
1589 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1590 int plus the text below. */
1591 char buf[18];
1592
1593 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1594 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1595 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1596 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1597 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1598 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1599 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1600 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1601 }
1602
1603 void
1604 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1605 {
1606 section *sec;
1607
1608 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1609 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1610 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1611 else
1612 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1613
1614 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1615 }
1616
1617 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1618 void
1619 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1620 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1621 {
1622 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1623 }
1624 #endif
1625
1626 void
1627 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1628 {
1629 section *sec;
1630
1631 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1632 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1633 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1634 else
1635 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1636
1637 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1638 }
1639
1640 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1641 void
1642 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1643 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1644 {
1645 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1646 }
1647 #endif
1648 \f
1649 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1650 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1651 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1652 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1653 start. */
1654
1655 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1656 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1657 #endif
1658
1659 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1660 to be output to assembler.
1661 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1662
1663 void
1664 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1665 {
1666 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1667
1668 if (first_global_object_name
1669 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1670 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1671 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1672 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1673 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1674 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1675 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1676 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1677 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1678 return;
1679
1680 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1681 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1682 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1683 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1684
1685 if (!*t)
1686 {
1687 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1688 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1689 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1694 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1695 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1696 function. */
1697
1698 void
1699 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1700 {
1701 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1702
1703 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1704 {
1705 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1706 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1707 being accurate. */
1708 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1709 && node->frequency
1710 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1711 }
1712
1713 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1714 }
1715
1716 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1717 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1718 const char *
1719 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1720 {
1721 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1722 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1723 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1724 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1725 return XSTR (x, 0);
1726 }
1727
1728 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1729 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1730 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1731 constant pool data. */
1732
1733 void
1734 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1735 {
1736 int align;
1737 char tmp_label[100];
1738 bool hot_label_written = false;
1739
1740 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1741 {
1742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1743 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1744 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1745 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1747 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1748 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1749 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1750 const_labelno++;
1751 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1752 }
1753 else
1754 {
1755 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1756 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1757 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1758 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1759 }
1760
1761 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1762
1763 app_disable ();
1764
1765 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1766 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1767
1768 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1769
1770 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1771 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1772 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1773 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1774
1775 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1776 {
1777 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1778
1779 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1780 assemble_align (align);
1781 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1782
1783 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1784 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1785 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1786 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1787 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1788 {
1789 switch_to_section (text_section);
1790 assemble_align (align);
1791 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1792 hot_label_written = true;
1793 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1794 }
1795 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1796 }
1797
1798
1799 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1800
1801 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1802 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1803 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1804
1805 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1806 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1807 if (align > 0)
1808 {
1809 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1810 }
1811
1812 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1813 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1814 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1815 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1816 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1817 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1818 {
1819 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1820 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1821 #endif
1822 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1823 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1824 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1825 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1826
1827 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1828 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1829 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1830 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1831 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1832 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1833 #else
1834 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1835 #endif
1836 }
1837
1838 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1839 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1840 #endif
1841
1842 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1843 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1844
1845 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1846
1847 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1848 {
1849 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1850
1851 globalize_decl (decl);
1852
1853 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1854 }
1855
1856 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1857 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1858
1859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1860 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1861
1862 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1863 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1864 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1865 {
1866 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1867 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1868
1869 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1870 patch_area_entry = 0;
1871 if (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val) != NULL_TREE)
1872 {
1873 tree patchable_function_entry_value2
1874 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1875 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1876 }
1877 }
1878
1879 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1880 {
1881 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1882 warning (OPT_Wattributes,
1883 "patchable function entry %wu exceeds size %wu",
1884 patch_area_entry, patch_area_size);
1885 patch_area_entry = 0;
1886 }
1887
1888 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1889 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1890 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1891 patch_area_entry, true);
1892
1893 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1894 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1895 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1896 #else
1897 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1898 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1899 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1900
1901 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1902 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1903 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1904 patch_area_size
1905 - patch_area_entry,
1906 patch_area_entry == 0);
1907
1908 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1909 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1910 }
1911
1912 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1913 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1914
1915 void
1916 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1917 {
1918 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1919 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1920 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1921 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1922 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1923 #endif
1924 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1925 {
1926 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1927 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1928 }
1929 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1930 debug info.) */
1931 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1932 {
1933 section *save_text_section;
1934
1935 save_text_section = in_section;
1936 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1937 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1938 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1939 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1940 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1941 decl);
1942 #endif
1943 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1944 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1945 switch_to_section (text_section);
1946 else
1947 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1949 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1950 }
1951 }
1952 \f
1953 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1954
1955 void
1956 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1957 {
1958 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1959 if (flag_syntax_only)
1960 return;
1961
1962 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1963 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1964 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1965 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1966 {
1967 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1968 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1969 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1970 }
1971 else
1972 #endif
1973 if (size > 0)
1974 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1975 }
1976
1977 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1978
1979 void
1980 assemble_align (unsigned int align)
1981 {
1982 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1983 {
1984 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1985 }
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1989
1990 void
1991 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1992 {
1993 int pos = 0;
1994 int maximum = 2000;
1995
1996 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1997
1998 while (pos < size)
1999 {
2000 int thissize = size - pos;
2001 if (thissize > maximum)
2002 thissize = maximum;
2003
2004 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
2005
2006 pos += thissize;
2007 p += thissize;
2008 }
2009 }
2010
2011 \f
2012 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2013
2014 static bool
2015 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2016 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2017 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2018 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2019 {
2020 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2021 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2022 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2023 size, align);
2024 return true;
2025 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2026 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2027 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2028 return true;
2029 #else
2030 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2031 return false;
2032 #endif
2033 }
2034
2035 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2036
2037 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2038 static bool
2039 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2040 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2041 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2042 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2043 {
2044 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2045 get_variable_align (decl));
2046 return true;
2047 }
2048 #endif
2049
2050 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2051
2052 static bool
2053 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2054 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2055 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2056 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2057 {
2058 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2059 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2060 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2061 return true;
2062 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2063 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2064 get_variable_align (decl));
2065 return true;
2066 #else
2067 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2068 return false;
2069 #endif
2070 }
2071
2072 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2073
2074 static bool
2075 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2076 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2077 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2078 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2079 {
2080 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2081 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2082 return true;
2083 #else
2084 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2085 return true;
2086 #endif
2087 }
2088
2089 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2090 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2091
2092 static void
2093 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2094 unsigned int align)
2095 {
2096 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2097
2098 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2099 rounded = size;
2100
2101 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2102 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2103
2104 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2105 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2106 if (size == 0)
2107 rounded = 1;
2108
2109 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2110 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2111 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2112 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2113 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2114
2115 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2116 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2117 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2118 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2119 }
2120
2121 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2122 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2123 is as for assemble_variable. */
2124
2125 static void
2126 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2127 bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2128 {
2129 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2130 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2131 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2132 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2133 #else
2134 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2135 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2136 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2137
2138 if (!dont_output_data)
2139 {
2140 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2141 to output the body. */
2142 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2143 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2144 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2145 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2146 /* Output the actual data. */
2147 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2148 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2149 get_variable_align (decl),
2150 false, merge_strings);
2151 else
2152 /* Leave space for it. */
2153 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2154 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2155 }
2156 }
2157
2158 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2159 the current translation unit. */
2160 void
2161 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2162 {
2163 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2164 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2165 }
2166
2167 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2168 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2169 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2170
2171 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2172 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2173 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2174 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2175 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2176
2177 void
2178 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2179 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2180 {
2181 const char *name;
2182 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2183 section *sect;
2184 unsigned int align;
2185 bool asan_protected = false;
2186
2187 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2188 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2189
2190 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2191 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2192
2193 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2194
2195 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2196 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2197 when a declaration is first seen. */
2198
2199 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2200 return;
2201
2202 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2203 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2204 {
2205 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2206 return;
2207 }
2208
2209 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2210 see if it is complete now. */
2211
2212 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2213 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2214
2215 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2216 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2217
2218 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2219 {
2220 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2221 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2222 return;
2223 }
2224
2225 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2226 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2227 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2228 if this function has already run. */
2229
2230 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2231 return;
2232
2233 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2234 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2235 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2236
2237 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2238
2239 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2240 if (flag_syntax_only)
2241 return;
2242
2243 if (! dont_output_data
2244 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2245 {
2246 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2247 return;
2248 }
2249
2250 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2251 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2252 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2253
2254 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2255 if it hasn't already been written. */
2256 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2257 {
2258 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2259 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2260 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2261 return;
2262 }
2263
2264 app_disable ();
2265
2266 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2267 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2268 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2269
2270 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2271
2272 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2273
2274 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2275 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2276 {
2277 asan_protected = true;
2278 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2279 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2280 }
2281
2282 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2283
2284 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2285
2286 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2287 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2288
2289 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2290 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2291
2292 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2293 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2294 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2295 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2296 globalize_decl (decl);
2297
2298 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2299 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2300 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2301
2302 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2303 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2304 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2305
2306 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2307 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2308 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2309 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2310 {
2311 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2312 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2313 }
2314 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2315 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2316 else
2317 {
2318 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2319 if (sect->named.name
2320 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2321 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2322 else
2323 switch_to_section (sect);
2324 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2325 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2326 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2327 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2328 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2329 if (asan_protected)
2330 {
2331 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2332 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2333 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2334 }
2335 }
2336 }
2337
2338
2339 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2340 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2341
2342 void
2343 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2344 {
2345 section *sect;
2346 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2347 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2348
2349 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2350 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2351 switch_to_section (sect);
2352 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2353 }
2354
2355 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2356
2357 static int
2358 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2359 {
2360 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2361 {
2362 case POINTER_TYPE:
2363 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2364 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2365 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2366 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2367 return 1;
2368
2369 case RECORD_TYPE:
2370 case UNION_TYPE:
2371 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2372 {
2373 tree fields;
2374 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2375 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2376 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2377 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2378 return 1;
2379 return 0;
2380 }
2381
2382 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2383 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2384 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2385
2386 default:
2387 return 0;
2388 }
2389 }
2390
2391 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2392 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2393 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2394 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2395 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2396
2397 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2398 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2399 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2400 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2401 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2402
2403 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2404 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2405 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2406
2407 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2408 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2409
2410 static bool
2411 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2412 {
2413 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2414 {
2415 const char *name;
2416
2417 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2418 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2419 return true;
2420
2421 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2422 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2423 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2424 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2425 return true;
2426 }
2427 return false;
2428 }
2429
2430 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2431 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2432 static void
2433 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2434 {
2435 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2436
2437 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2438 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2439 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2440 {
2441 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2442 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2443 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2444 }
2445 }
2446 #endif
2447
2448 void
2449 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2450 {
2451 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2452 tree list;
2453 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2454 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2455
2456 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2457 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2458 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2459 #endif
2460 }
2461
2462 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2463 to be emitted. */
2464 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2465
2466 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2467 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2468 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2469 DECL is not external. */
2470
2471 void
2472 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2473 {
2474 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2475 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2476 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2477
2478 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2479 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2480 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2481 #if 0
2482 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2483 expanded, to RTL.
2484 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2485 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2486 for further discussion. */
2487 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2488 || state == FINISHED);
2489 #endif
2490
2491 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2492 return;
2493
2494 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2495 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2496
2497 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2498 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2499 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2500 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2501 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2502 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2503 match. */
2504 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2505 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2506 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2507 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2508
2509 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2510 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2511 {
2512 assemble_external_real (decl);
2513 return;
2514 }
2515
2516 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2517 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2518 pending_assemble_externals);
2519 #endif
2520 }
2521
2522 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2523
2524 void
2525 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2526 {
2527 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2528 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2529 {
2530 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2531 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2532 }
2533 }
2534
2535 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2536
2537 void
2538 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2539 {
2540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2544 void
2545 mark_referenced (tree id)
2546 {
2547 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2551 void
2552 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2553 {
2554 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2555 {
2556 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2557 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2558 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2559 definition. */
2560 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2561 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2562 && !node->definition)
2563 node->mark_force_output ();
2564 }
2565 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2566 {
2567 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2568 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2569 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2570 node->force_output = true;
2571 }
2572 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2573 which do not need to be marked. */
2574 }
2575
2576
2577 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2578 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2579 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2580 addition of an underscore). */
2581
2582 void
2583 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2584 {
2585 if (name[0] == '*')
2586 fputs (&name[1], file);
2587 else
2588 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2589 }
2590
2591 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2592 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2593 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2594 be marked as referenced. */
2595
2596 void
2597 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2598 {
2599 const char *real_name;
2600 tree id;
2601
2602 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2603
2604 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2605 if (id)
2606 {
2607 tree id_orig = id;
2608
2609 mark_referenced (id);
2610 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2611 if (id != id_orig)
2612 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2613 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2614 }
2615
2616 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2620 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2621
2622 rtx
2623 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2624 {
2625 char name[17];
2626 const char *namestring;
2627 rtx x;
2628
2629 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2630 ++const_labelno;
2631 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2632
2633 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2634 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2635
2636 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2637 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2638 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2639 #else
2640 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2641 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2642 #else
2643 {
2644 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2645 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2646 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2647 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2648 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2649 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2650 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2651 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2652 }
2653 #endif
2654 #endif
2655 return x;
2656 }
2657
2658 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2659 This is done at most once per compilation.
2660 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2661
2662 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2663
2664 rtx
2665 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2666 {
2667 char label[256];
2668 const char *name;
2669 int align;
2670 rtx symbol;
2671
2672 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2673
2674 if (initial_trampoline)
2675 return initial_trampoline;
2676
2677 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2678
2679 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2680 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2681 #else
2682 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2683 #endif
2684
2685 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2686 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2687 if (align > 0)
2688 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2689
2690 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2691 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2692
2693 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2694 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2695 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2696 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2697 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2698
2699 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2700 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2701 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2702
2703 return initial_trampoline;
2704 }
2705 \f
2706 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2707 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2708
2709 static inline unsigned
2710 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2711 {
2712 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2716 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2717 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2718 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2719
2720 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2721 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2722
2723 const char *
2724 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2725 {
2726 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2727
2728 if (aligned_p)
2729 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2730 else
2731 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2732
2733 switch (size)
2734 {
2735 case 1:
2736 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2737 case 2:
2738 return ops->hi;
2739 case 3:
2740 return ops->psi;
2741 case 4:
2742 return ops->si;
2743 case 5:
2744 case 6:
2745 case 7:
2746 return ops->pdi;
2747 case 8:
2748 return ops->di;
2749 case 9:
2750 case 10:
2751 case 11:
2752 case 12:
2753 case 13:
2754 case 14:
2755 case 15:
2756 return ops->pti;
2757 case 16:
2758 return ops->ti;
2759 default:
2760 return NULL;
2761 }
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2765 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2766
2767 void
2768 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2769 {
2770 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2771 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2772 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2773 }
2774
2775 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2776
2777 bool
2778 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2779 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2780 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2781 {
2782 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2783 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2784 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2785 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2786 return false;
2787 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2788 }
2789
2790 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2791 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2792 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2793 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2794
2795 bool
2796 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2797 {
2798 int aligned_p;
2799
2800 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2801
2802 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2803 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2804 return true;
2805
2806 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2807 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2808 if (size > 1)
2809 {
2810 machine_mode omode, imode;
2811 unsigned int subalign;
2812 unsigned int subsize, i;
2813 enum mode_class mclass;
2814
2815 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2816 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2817 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2818 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2819 else
2820 mclass = MODE_INT;
2821
2822 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2823 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2824
2825 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2826 {
2827 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2828 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2829 break;
2830 }
2831 if (i == size)
2832 return true;
2833
2834 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2835 back now. */
2836 gcc_assert (!i);
2837 }
2838
2839 gcc_assert (!force);
2840
2841 return false;
2842 }
2843 \f
2844 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2845 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2846 in reverse storage order. */
2847
2848 void
2849 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2850 bool reverse)
2851 {
2852 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2853 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2854 rtx elt;
2855
2856 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2857 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2858 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2859 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2860 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2861 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2862 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2863
2864 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2865 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2866 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2867
2868 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2869 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2870 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2871 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2872
2873 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2874
2875 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2876 unsigned int chunk_nunits = MIN (nunits, units_per);
2877 if (reverse)
2878 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2879 else
2880 elt = GEN_INT (sext_hwi (data[0], chunk_nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2881 assemble_integer (elt, chunk_nunits, align, 1);
2882 nunits -= chunk_nunits;
2883
2884 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2885 align = min_align (align, 32);
2886
2887 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2888 {
2889 chunk_nunits = MIN (nunits, units_per);
2890 if (reverse)
2891 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2892 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2893 else
2894 elt = GEN_INT (sext_hwi (data[i], chunk_nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2895 assemble_integer (elt, chunk_nunits, align, 1);
2896 nunits -= chunk_nunits;
2897 }
2898 }
2899 \f
2900 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2901 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2902 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2903 EXP must be reducible. */
2904
2905 class addr_const {
2906 public:
2907 rtx base;
2908 poly_int64 offset;
2909 };
2910
2911 static void
2912 decode_addr_const (tree exp, class addr_const *value)
2913 {
2914 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2915 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2916 rtx x;
2917
2918 while (1)
2919 {
2920 poly_int64 bytepos;
2921 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2922 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2923 &bytepos))
2924 {
2925 offset += bytepos;
2926 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2927 }
2928 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2929 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2930 {
2931 /* Truncate big offset. */
2932 offset
2933 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2934 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2935 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2936 }
2937 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2938 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2939 {
2940 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2941 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2942 }
2943 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2944 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2945 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2946 == ADDR_EXPR)
2947 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2948 else
2949 break;
2950 }
2951
2952 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2953 {
2954 case VAR_DECL:
2955 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2956 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2957 break;
2958
2959 case LABEL_DECL:
2960 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2961 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2962 break;
2963
2964 case REAL_CST:
2965 case FIXED_CST:
2966 case STRING_CST:
2967 case COMPLEX_CST:
2968 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2969 case INTEGER_CST:
2970 x = lookup_constant_def (target);
2971 /* Should have been added by output_addressed_constants. */
2972 gcc_assert (x);
2973 break;
2974
2975 case INDIRECT_REF:
2976 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2977 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2978 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2979 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2980 break;
2981
2982 case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR:
2983 gcc_assert (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2984 x = DECL_RTL (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2985 break;
2986
2987 default:
2988 gcc_unreachable ();
2989 }
2990
2991 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2992 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2993
2994 value->base = x;
2995 value->offset = offset;
2996 }
2997 \f
2998 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2999
3000 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
3001
3002 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
3003
3004 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
3005 constant_pool_htab (void)
3006 {
3007 return const_desc_htab;
3008 }
3009
3010 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
3011
3012 hashval_t
3013 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
3014 {
3015 return ptr->hash;
3016 }
3017
3018 static hashval_t
3019 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
3020 {
3021 const char *p;
3022 hashval_t hi;
3023 int len, i;
3024 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
3025
3026 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
3027 exit the switch or return a value. */
3028
3029 switch (code)
3030 {
3031 case INTEGER_CST:
3032 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3033 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3034 break;
3035
3036 case REAL_CST:
3037 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3038
3039 case FIXED_CST:
3040 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3041
3042 case STRING_CST:
3043 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3044 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3045 break;
3046
3047 case COMPLEX_CST:
3048 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3049 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3050
3051 case VECTOR_CST:
3052 {
3053 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3054 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3055 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3056 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3057 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3058 return hi;
3059 }
3060
3061 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3062 {
3063 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3064 tree value;
3065
3066 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3067
3068 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3069 if (value)
3070 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3071
3072 return hi;
3073 }
3074
3075 case ADDR_EXPR:
3076 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
3077 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3078
3079 /* Fallthru. */
3080 case FDESC_EXPR:
3081 {
3082 class addr_const value;
3083
3084 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3085 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3086 {
3087 case SYMBOL_REF:
3088 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3089 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3090 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3091 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3092 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3093 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3094 break;
3095
3096 case LABEL_REF:
3097 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3098 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3099 break;
3100
3101 default:
3102 gcc_unreachable ();
3103 }
3104 }
3105 return hi;
3106
3107 case PLUS_EXPR:
3108 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3109 case MINUS_EXPR:
3110 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3111 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3112
3113 CASE_CONVERT:
3114 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3115
3116 default:
3117 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3118 return code;
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Compute hashing function. */
3122 hi = len;
3123 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3124 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3125
3126 return hi;
3127 }
3128
3129 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3130 bool
3131 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3132 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3133 {
3134 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3135 return 0;
3136 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3137 }
3138
3139 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3140 the same bit pattern on output. */
3141
3142 static int
3143 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3144 {
3145 enum tree_code typecode;
3146
3147 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3148 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3149 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3150 return 0;
3151
3152 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3153 return 0;
3154
3155 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3156 {
3157 case INTEGER_CST:
3158 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3159 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3160 return 0;
3161 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3162 return 0;
3163 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3164
3165 case REAL_CST:
3166 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3167 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3168 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3169 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3170 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3171 128-bit floating point). */
3172 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3173 return 0;
3174 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3175 return 0;
3176 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3177
3178 case FIXED_CST:
3179 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3180 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3181 return 0;
3182
3183 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3184
3185 case STRING_CST:
3186 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3187 || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3188 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3189 return 0;
3190
3191 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3192 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3193 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3194
3195 case COMPLEX_CST:
3196 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3197 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3198
3199 case VECTOR_CST:
3200 {
3201 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3202 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3203 return 0;
3204
3205 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3206 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3207 return 0;
3208
3209 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3210 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3211 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3212 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3213 return 0;
3214
3215 return 1;
3216 }
3217
3218 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3219 {
3220 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3221 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3222
3223 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3224 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3225 return 0;
3226
3227 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3228 {
3229 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3230 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3231 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3232 || size_1 == -1
3233 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3234 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3235 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3236 return 0;
3237 }
3238 else
3239 {
3240 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3241 equality. */
3242 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3243 return 0;
3244 }
3245
3246 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3247 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3248 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3249 return 0;
3250
3251 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3252 {
3253 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3254 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3255
3256 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3257 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3258 return 0;
3259 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3260 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3261 {
3262 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3263 return 0;
3264 }
3265 else
3266 {
3267 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3268 return 0;
3269 }
3270 }
3271
3272 return 1;
3273 }
3274
3275 case ADDR_EXPR:
3276 case FDESC_EXPR:
3277 {
3278 class addr_const value1, value2;
3279 enum rtx_code code;
3280 int ret;
3281
3282 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3283 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3284
3285 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3286 return 0;
3287
3288 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3289 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3290 return 0;
3291
3292 switch (code)
3293 {
3294 case SYMBOL_REF:
3295 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3296 break;
3297
3298 case LABEL_REF:
3299 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3300 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3301 break;
3302
3303 default:
3304 gcc_unreachable ();
3305 }
3306 return ret;
3307 }
3308
3309 case PLUS_EXPR:
3310 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3311 case MINUS_EXPR:
3312 case RANGE_EXPR:
3313 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3314 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3315
3316 CASE_CONVERT:
3317 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3318 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3319
3320 default:
3321 return 0;
3322 }
3323
3324 gcc_unreachable ();
3325 }
3326 \f
3327 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3328
3329 static section *
3330 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3331 {
3332 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3333 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3334 align);
3335 }
3336
3337 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3338
3339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3340 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3341 {
3342 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3343
3344 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3345 gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3346 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3347 || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3348 return size;
3349 }
3350
3351 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3352 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3353 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3354 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3355 constant's location in memory.
3356 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3357
3358 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3359 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3360 {
3361 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3362 rtx symbol, rtl;
3363 char label[256];
3364 int labelno;
3365 tree decl;
3366
3367 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3368 desc->value = exp;
3369
3370 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3371 labelno = const_labelno++;
3372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3373
3374 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3375 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3376 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3377 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3378 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3379 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3380 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3381 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3382 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3383 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3384 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3385 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3386 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3387 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3388 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3389 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3390 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3391 else
3392 {
3393 align_variable (decl, 0);
3394 if (DECL_ALIGN (decl) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (DECL_MODE (decl))
3395 && ((optab_handler (movmisalign_optab, DECL_MODE (decl))
3396 != CODE_FOR_nothing)
3397 || targetm.slow_unaligned_access (DECL_MODE (decl),
3398 DECL_ALIGN (decl))))
3399 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (DECL_MODE (decl)));
3400 }
3401
3402 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3403 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3404 {
3405 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3406 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3407 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3408 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3409 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3410 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3411 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3412 }
3413 else
3414 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3415 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3416 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3417 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3418
3419 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3420 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3421 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3422
3423 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3424 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3425 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3426
3427 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3428 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3429 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3430
3431 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3432 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3433 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3434 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3435 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3436 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3437
3438 desc->rtl = rtl;
3439
3440 return desc;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def and tree_output_constant_def:
3444 Add a constant to the hash table that tracks which constants
3445 already have labels. */
3446
3447 static constant_descriptor_tree *
3448 add_constant_to_table (tree exp)
3449 {
3450 /* The hash table methods may call output_constant_def for addressed
3451 constants, so handle them first. */
3452 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3453
3454 /* Sanity check to catch recursive insertion. */
3455 static bool inserting;
3456 gcc_assert (!inserting);
3457 inserting = true;
3458
3459 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't
3460 find it, create a new one. */
3461 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3462 key.value = exp;
3463 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3464 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3465 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3466
3467 inserting = false;
3468
3469 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = *loc;
3470 if (!desc)
3471 {
3472 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3473 desc->hash = key.hash;
3474 *loc = desc;
3475 }
3476
3477 return desc;
3478 }
3479
3480 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3481 for the constant expression EXP.
3482
3483 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3484 return an rtx to refer to it.
3485 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3486 and generate an rtx for it.
3487
3488 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3489 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3490
3491 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3492
3493 rtx
3494 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3495 {
3496 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3497 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3498 return desc->rtl;
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3502 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3503 static void
3504 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3505 int defer)
3506 {
3507 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3508 tree exp = desc->value;
3509
3510 if (flag_syntax_only)
3511 return;
3512
3513 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3514 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3515 return;
3516
3517 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3518 doing so. */
3519 if (defer)
3520 {
3521 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3522 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3523 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3524 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3525 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3526 if (cfun)
3527 n_deferred_constants++;
3528 return;
3529 }
3530
3531 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3532 }
3533
3534 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3535 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3536 constant's alignment in bits. */
3537
3538 static void
3539 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3540 bool merge_strings)
3541 {
3542 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3543
3544 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3545
3546 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3547 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3548
3549 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3550 output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3551
3552 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3553 }
3554
3555 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3556
3557 static void
3558 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3559 {
3560 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3561 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3562 bool asan_protected = false;
3563
3564 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3565 are assigned label numbers. */
3566 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3567
3568 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3569 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3570
3571 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3572 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3573 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3574 {
3575 asan_protected = true;
3576 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3577 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3578 }
3579
3580 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3581 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3582 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3583 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3584 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3585 else
3586 {
3587 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3588 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3589 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3590 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3591 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3592 switch_to_section (sect);
3593 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3594 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3595 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3596 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3597 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3598 if (asan_protected)
3599 {
3600 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3601 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3602 }
3603 }
3604 }
3605
3606 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3607 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3608
3609 rtx
3610 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3611 {
3612 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3613
3614 key.value = exp;
3615 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3616 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3617 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3618
3619 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3620 }
3621
3622 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3623 for the constant expression EXP.
3624
3625 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3626
3627 tree
3628 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3629 {
3630 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3631 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3632 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3633 return decl;
3634 }
3635 \f
3636 class GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3637 public:
3638 class constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3639 rtx mem;
3640 rtx sym;
3641 rtx constant;
3642 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3643 hashval_t hash;
3644 fixed_size_mode mode;
3645 unsigned int align;
3646 int labelno;
3647 int mark;
3648 };
3649
3650 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3651 {
3652 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3653 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3654 };
3655
3656 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3657 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3658 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3659 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3660 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3661 difference. */
3662
3663 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3664 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3665 class constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3666 class constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3667
3668 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3669 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3670 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3671 in memory. */
3672 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3673
3674 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3675 machine-specific header). */
3676 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3677 };
3678
3679 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3680
3681 hashval_t
3682 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3683 {
3684 return desc->hash;
3685 }
3686
3687 bool
3688 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3689 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3690 {
3691 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3692 return 0;
3693 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3694 }
3695
3696 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3697
3698 static hashval_t
3699 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3700 {
3701 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3702 machine_mode mode;
3703 enum rtx_code code;
3704 hashval_t h;
3705 int i;
3706
3707 code = GET_CODE (x);
3708 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3709 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3710
3711 switch (code)
3712 {
3713 case CONST_INT:
3714 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3715
3716 fold_hwi:
3717 {
3718 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3719 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3720
3721 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3722 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3723 {
3724 hwi >>= shift;
3725 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3726 }
3727 }
3728 break;
3729
3730 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3731 hwi = 0;
3732 {
3733 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3734 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3735 goto fold_hwi;
3736 }
3737
3738 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3739 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3740 {
3741 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3742 goto fold_hwi;
3743 }
3744 else
3745 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3746 break;
3747
3748 case CONST_FIXED:
3749 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3750 break;
3751
3752 case SYMBOL_REF:
3753 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3754 break;
3755
3756 case LABEL_REF:
3757 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3758 break;
3759
3760 case UNSPEC:
3761 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3762 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3763 break;
3764
3765 default:
3766 break;
3767 }
3768
3769 return h;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3773
3774 static hashval_t
3775 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3776 {
3777 hashval_t h = 0;
3778 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3779 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3780 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3781 return h;
3782 }
3783
3784 \f
3785 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3786
3787 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3788 create_constant_pool (void)
3789 {
3790 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3791
3792 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3793 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3794 pool->first = NULL;
3795 pool->last = NULL;
3796 pool->offset = 0;
3797 return pool;
3798 }
3799
3800 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3801
3802 void
3803 init_varasm_status (void)
3804 {
3805 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3806 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3807 }
3808 \f
3809 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3810 include the same symbol. */
3811
3812 rtx
3813 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3814 {
3815 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3816 return r ? r : x;
3817 }
3818 \f
3819 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3820 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3821 of X. */
3822
3823 rtx
3824 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3825 {
3826 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3827 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3828 char label[256];
3829 rtx def, symbol;
3830 hashval_t hash;
3831 unsigned int align;
3832 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3833 fixed_size_mode mode;
3834
3835 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3836 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3837 return NULL_RTX;
3838
3839 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3840 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3841 return NULL_RTX;
3842
3843 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3844 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3845
3846 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3847 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3848 ? shared_constant_pool
3849 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3850
3851 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3852 tmp.constant = x;
3853 tmp.mode = mode;
3854 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3855 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3856 desc = *slot;
3857
3858 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3859 if (desc)
3860 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3861
3862 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3863 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3864 *slot = desc;
3865
3866 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3867 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3868 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3869
3870 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3871 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3872
3873 desc->next = NULL;
3874 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3875 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3876 desc->hash = hash;
3877 desc->mode = mode;
3878 desc->align = align;
3879 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3880 desc->mark = 0;
3881
3882 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3883 if (pool->last)
3884 pool->last->next = desc;
3885 else
3886 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3887 pool->last = desc;
3888
3889 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3890 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3891 ++const_labelno;
3892
3893 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3894 the constants pool. */
3895 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3896 {
3897 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3898 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3899 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3900 }
3901 else
3902 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3903 desc->sym = symbol;
3904 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3905 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3906 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3907
3908 /* Construct the MEM. */
3909 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3910 set_mem_align (def, align);
3911
3912 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3913 don't delete it. */
3914 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3915 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3916
3917 return copy_rtx (def);
3918 }
3919 \f
3920 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3921
3922 rtx
3923 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3924 {
3925 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3926 }
3927
3928 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3929 and whether it has been output or not. */
3930
3931 rtx
3932 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3933 {
3934 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3935
3936 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3937 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3938 return desc->constant;
3939 }
3940
3941 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3942
3943 fixed_size_mode
3944 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3945 {
3946 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3947 }
3948
3949 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3950 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3951 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3952
3953 bool
3954 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3955 {
3956 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3957 }
3958 \f
3959 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3960 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3961
3962 static void
3963 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3964 {
3965 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3966 {
3967 case MODE_FLOAT:
3968 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3969 {
3970 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3971 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3972 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3973 break;
3974 }
3975
3976 case MODE_INT:
3977 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3978 case MODE_FRACT:
3979 case MODE_UFRACT:
3980 case MODE_ACCUM:
3981 case MODE_UACCUM:
3982 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3983 break;
3984
3985 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3986 {
3987 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3988
3989 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3990 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3991 than one element. */
3992 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3993 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3994 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3995 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3996
3997 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3998 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3999 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
4000 {
4001 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
4002 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
4003 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
4004 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
4005 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
4006 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
4007 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
4008 }
4009 break;
4010 }
4011 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
4012 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
4013 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
4014 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
4015 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
4016 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
4017 {
4018 int i, units;
4019 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
4020 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
4021
4022 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
4023 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
4024
4025 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
4026 {
4027 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
4028 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
4029 }
4030 }
4031 break;
4032
4033 default:
4034 gcc_unreachable ();
4035 }
4036 }
4037
4038 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
4039 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 output_constant_pool_1 (class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
4043 unsigned int align)
4044 {
4045 rtx x, tmp;
4046
4047 x = desc->constant;
4048
4049 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4050 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
4051 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
4052 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
4053 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
4054 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
4055 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4056 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4057
4058 tmp = x;
4059 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4060 {
4061 case CONST:
4062 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4063 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4064 break;
4065 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4066 /* FALLTHRU */
4067
4068 case LABEL_REF:
4069 {
4070 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4071 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4072 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4073 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4074 break;
4075 }
4076
4077 default:
4078 break;
4079 }
4080
4081 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4082 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4083 align, desc->labelno, done);
4084 #endif
4085
4086 assemble_align (align);
4087
4088 /* Output the label. */
4089 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4090
4091 /* Output the data.
4092 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4093 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4094 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4095 of fix-up table entries. */
4096 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4097
4098 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4099 sections have proper size. */
4100 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4101 && in_section
4102 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4103 assemble_align (align);
4104
4105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4106 done:
4107 #endif
4108 return;
4109 }
4110
4111 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4112 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4113 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4114 emit. */
4115
4116 static void
4117 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4118 {
4119 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4120 pool->offset = 0;
4121
4122 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4123 if (desc->mark)
4124 {
4125 /* Recalculate offset. */
4126 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4127 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4128 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4129 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4130 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4131 }
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4135 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4136
4137 static void
4138 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4139 {
4140 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4141 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4142 {
4143 const_rtx x = *iter;
4144 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4145 {
4146 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4147 {
4148 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4149 if (desc->mark == 0)
4150 {
4151 desc->mark = 1;
4152 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4153 }
4154 }
4155 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4156 {
4157 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4158 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4159 {
4160 n_deferred_constants--;
4161 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4162 }
4163 }
4164 }
4165 }
4166 }
4167
4168 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4169 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4170 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4171 deferred strings that are used. */
4172
4173 static void
4174 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4175 {
4176 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4177 return;
4178
4179 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4180 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4181 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4182 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4183 {
4184 int i, n = seq->len ();
4185 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4186 {
4187 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4188 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4189 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4190 }
4191 }
4192 else
4193 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4194 }
4195
4196 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4197 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4198 which have indeed been used. */
4199
4200 static void
4201 mark_constant_pool (void)
4202 {
4203 rtx_insn *insn;
4204
4205 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4206 return;
4207
4208 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4209 mark_constants (insn);
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4213
4214 static void
4215 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4216 {
4217 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4218
4219 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4220 if (desc->mark)
4221 {
4222 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4223 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4224 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4225 that later. */
4226 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4227 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4228 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4229 else
4230 {
4231 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4232 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4233 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4234 }
4235 }
4236 }
4237
4238 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4239 out the function's private constant pool. */
4240
4241 static void
4242 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4243 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4244 {
4245 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4246
4247 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4248 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4249 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4250 mark_constant_pool ();
4251
4252 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4253 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4254 stale. */
4255 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4256
4257 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4258 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4259 #endif
4260
4261 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4262
4263 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4264 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4265 #endif
4266 }
4267 \f
4268 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4269
4270 void
4271 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4272 {
4273 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4274 }
4275 \f
4276 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4277
4278 int
4279 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4280 {
4281 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4282 tree tem;
4283
4284 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4285 {
4286 case ADDR_EXPR:
4287 case FDESC_EXPR:
4288 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4289 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4290 addresses of variables or functions. */
4291 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4292 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4293 ;
4294
4295 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4296 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4297 {
4298 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4299 break;
4300 }
4301
4302 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4303 reloc |= 2;
4304 else
4305 reloc |= 1;
4306 break;
4307
4308 case PLUS_EXPR:
4309 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4310 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4311 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4312 break;
4313
4314 case MINUS_EXPR:
4315 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4316 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4317 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4318 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4319 reloc = 0;
4320 else
4321 reloc |= reloc2;
4322 break;
4323
4324 CASE_CONVERT:
4325 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4326 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4327 break;
4328
4329 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4330 {
4331 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4332 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4333 if (tem != 0)
4334 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4335 }
4336 break;
4337
4338 default:
4339 break;
4340 }
4341 return reloc;
4342 }
4343
4344 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4345 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4346 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4347
4348 static void
4349 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4350 {
4351 tree tem;
4352
4353 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4354 {
4355 case ADDR_EXPR:
4356 case FDESC_EXPR:
4357 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4358 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4359 addresses of variables or functions. */
4360 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4361 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4362 ;
4363
4364 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4365 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4366 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4367
4368 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4369 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4370
4371 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4372 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4373 break;
4374
4375 case PLUS_EXPR:
4376 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4377 case MINUS_EXPR:
4378 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4379 gcc_fallthrough ();
4380
4381 CASE_CONVERT:
4382 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4383 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4384 break;
4385
4386 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4387 {
4388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4389 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4390 if (tem != 0)
4391 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4392 }
4393 break;
4394
4395 default:
4396 break;
4397 }
4398 }
4399 \f
4400 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4401 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4402 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4403 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4404
4405 bool
4406 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4407 {
4408 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4409 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4410 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4411 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4412 }
4413
4414 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4415 tree *cache);
4416
4417 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4418 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4419 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4420 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4421 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4422 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4423 returns NULL. */
4424
4425 static tree
4426 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4427 {
4428 tree op0, op1;
4429
4430 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4431 return NULL_TREE;
4432
4433 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4434 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4435
4436 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4437 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4438 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4439 is cheaper. */
4440
4441 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4442 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4443 {
4444 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4445 if (inner == error_mark_node
4446 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4447 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4448 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4449 break;
4450 op0 = inner;
4451 }
4452
4453 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4454 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4455 {
4456 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4457 if (inner == error_mark_node
4458 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4459 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4460 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4461 break;
4462 op1 = inner;
4463 }
4464
4465 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4466 if (!op0)
4467 return NULL_TREE;
4468
4469 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4470 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4471 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4472 if (op1)
4473 {
4474 if (op0 == op1
4475 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4476 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4477 return null_pointer_node;
4478
4479 /* Support differences between labels. */
4480 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4481 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4482 return null_pointer_node;
4483
4484 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4485 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4486 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4487 return null_pointer_node;
4488 }
4489
4490 return NULL_TREE;
4491 }
4492
4493 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4494 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4495 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4496 element of a "constant" initializer.
4497
4498 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4499 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4500 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4501 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4502 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4503
4504 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4505
4506 static tree
4507 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4508 {
4509 tree ret;
4510
4511 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4512 {
4513 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4514 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4515 {
4516 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4517 tree elt;
4518 bool absolute = true;
4519
4520 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4521 return cache[1];
4522 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4523 {
4524 tree reloc;
4525 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4526 NULL);
4527 if (!reloc
4528 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4529 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4530 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4531 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4532 {
4533 if (cache)
4534 {
4535 cache[0] = value;
4536 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4537 }
4538 return NULL_TREE;
4539 }
4540 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4541 absolute = false;
4542 }
4543 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4544 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4545 relocation." */
4546 if (cache)
4547 {
4548 cache[0] = value;
4549 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4550 }
4551 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4552 }
4553
4554 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4555
4556 case INTEGER_CST:
4557 case VECTOR_CST:
4558 case REAL_CST:
4559 case FIXED_CST:
4560 case STRING_CST:
4561 case COMPLEX_CST:
4562 return null_pointer_node;
4563
4564 case ADDR_EXPR:
4565 case FDESC_EXPR:
4566 {
4567 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4568 if (op0)
4569 {
4570 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4571 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4572 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4573 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4574 return null_pointer_node;
4575 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4576 unless we don't need or want one. */
4577 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4578 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4579 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4580 return NULL_TREE;
4581 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4582 object. */
4583 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4584 return NULL_TREE;
4585 }
4586 return op0;
4587 }
4588
4589 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4590 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4591 endtype, cache);
4592
4593 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4594 {
4595 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4596 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4597 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4598
4599 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4600 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4601 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4602 to the underlying constructor. */
4603 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4604 {
4605 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4606 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4607 else
4608 return NULL_TREE;
4609 }
4610
4611 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4612 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4613 }
4614
4615 CASE_CONVERT:
4616 {
4617 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4618 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4619 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4620
4621 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4622 types, and offset types. */
4623 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4624 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4625 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4626 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4627 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4628
4629 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4630 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4631 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4632 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4633
4634 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4635 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4636 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4637 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4638 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4639 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4640 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4641 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4642 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4643 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4644 {
4645 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4646 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4647 return null_pointer_node;
4648 break;
4649 }
4650
4651 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4652 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4653 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4654 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4655
4656 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4657 conversions from 0. */
4658 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4659 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4660 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4661 {
4662 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4663 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4664 return null_pointer_node;
4665 if (integer_zerop (src))
4666 return null_pointer_node;
4667 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4668 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4669 }
4670
4671 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4672 inside is okay. */
4673 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4674 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4675 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4676 }
4677 break;
4678
4679 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4680 case PLUS_EXPR:
4681 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4682 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4683 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4684 return NULL_TREE;
4685 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4686 return cache[1];
4687 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4688 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4689 {
4690 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4691 tree valid0
4692 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4693 endtype, ncache);
4694 tree valid1
4695 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4696 endtype, ncache + 2);
4697 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4698 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4699 ret = valid1;
4700 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4701 ret = valid0;
4702 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4703 else
4704 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4705 ncache);
4706 }
4707 else
4708 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4709 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4710 if (cache)
4711 {
4712 cache[0] = value;
4713 cache[1] = ret;
4714 }
4715 return ret;
4716
4717 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4718 case MINUS_EXPR:
4719 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4720 return NULL_TREE;
4721 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4722 return cache[1];
4723 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4724 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4725 {
4726 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4727 tree valid0
4728 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4729 endtype, ncache);
4730 tree valid1
4731 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4732 endtype, ncache + 2);
4733 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4734 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4735 ret = valid0;
4736 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4737 Then the value is absolute. */
4738 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4739 ret = null_pointer_node;
4740 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4741 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4742 constant string is absolute. */
4743 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4744 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4745 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4746 ret = null_pointer_node;
4747 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4748 else
4749 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4750 ncache);
4751 }
4752 else
4753 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4754 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4755 if (cache)
4756 {
4757 cache[0] = value;
4758 cache[1] = ret;
4759 }
4760 return ret;
4761
4762 default:
4763 break;
4764 }
4765
4766 return NULL_TREE;
4767 }
4768
4769 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4770 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4771 element of a "constant" initializer.
4772
4773 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4774 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4775 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4776 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4777 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4778 tree
4779 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4780 {
4781 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4782
4783 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4784 if (reloc
4785 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4786 && reverse
4787 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4788 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4789 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4790
4791 return reloc;
4792 }
4793 \f
4794 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4795 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4796 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4797
4798 bool
4799 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4800 {
4801 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4802 of such. */
4803 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4804 {
4805 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4806 {
4807 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4808 tree elt;
4809
4810 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4811 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4812 return false;
4813 return true;
4814 }
4815
4816 case INTEGER_CST:
4817 case REAL_CST:
4818 return true;
4819
4820 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4821 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4822 return
4823 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4824
4825 default:
4826 break;
4827 }
4828
4829 return false;
4830 }
4831
4832 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4833 Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4834 does not fit into the field. */
4835
4836 static bool
4837 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4838 {
4839 tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4840 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4841 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4842 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4843 int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4844
4845 if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4846 return false;
4847 if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4848 return false;
4849 if (size < (unsigned)len)
4850 return false;
4851 if (mem_size != size)
4852 return false;
4853 return true;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4857 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4858
4859 struct oc_outer_state {
4860 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4861 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4862 };
4863
4864 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4865 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4866 oc_outer_state *);
4867
4868 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4869 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4870 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4871
4872 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4873 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4874 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4875 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4876
4877 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4878 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4879 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4880 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4881 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4882 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4883
4884 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4885 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4886 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4887
4888 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4889
4890 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4891
4892 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4893 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4894 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4895 {
4896 enum tree_code code;
4897 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4898 rtx cst;
4899
4900 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4901 return size;
4902
4903 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4904 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4905 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4906 resolving it. */
4907 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4908 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4909 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4910 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4911 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4912 {
4913 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4914
4915 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4916 pointer modes. */
4917 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4918 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4919 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4920 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4921 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4922 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4923
4924 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4925 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4926 way. */
4927 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4928 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4929 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4930 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4931 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4932
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4936 constant. */
4937 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4938 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4939 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4940 {
4941 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4942 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4943
4944 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4945 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4946 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4947 if (type_size > op_size
4948 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4949 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4950 /* Keep the conversion. */
4951 break;
4952 else
4953 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4954 }
4955
4956 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4957 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4958
4959 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4960 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4961 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4962 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4963 {
4964 assemble_zeros (size);
4965 return size;
4966 }
4967
4968 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4969 {
4970 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4971 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4972 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4973 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4974 #else
4975 gcc_unreachable ();
4976 #endif
4977 return size;
4978 }
4979
4980 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4981 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4982 switch (code)
4983 {
4984 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4985 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4986 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4987 case POINTER_TYPE:
4988 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4989 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4990 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4991 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4992 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4993 if (reverse)
4994 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4995 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4996 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4997 break;
4998
4999 case REAL_TYPE:
5000 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
5001 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
5002 else
5003 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
5004 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
5005 align, reverse);
5006 break;
5007
5008 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
5009 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
5010 reverse, false);
5011 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
5012 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
5013 reverse, false);
5014 break;
5015
5016 case ARRAY_TYPE:
5017 case VECTOR_TYPE:
5018 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5019 {
5020 case CONSTRUCTOR:
5021 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5022 case STRING_CST:
5023 thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
5024 if (merge_strings
5025 && (thissize == 0
5026 || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
5027 thissize++;
5028 gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
5029 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
5030 break;
5031 case VECTOR_CST:
5032 {
5033 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5034 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
5035 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
5036 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
5037 reverse, false);
5038 thissize = elt_size;
5039 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
5040 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
5041 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
5042 {
5043 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
5044 reverse, false);
5045 thissize += elt_size;
5046 }
5047 break;
5048 }
5049 default:
5050 gcc_unreachable ();
5051 }
5052 break;
5053
5054 case RECORD_TYPE:
5055 case UNION_TYPE:
5056 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5057 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5058
5059 case ERROR_MARK:
5060 return 0;
5061
5062 default:
5063 gcc_unreachable ();
5064 }
5065
5066 if (size > thissize)
5067 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5068
5069 return size;
5070 }
5071 \f
5072 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5073 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5074 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
5075
5076 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5077 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5078 {
5079 tree max_index;
5080 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5081 tree index, value, tmp;
5082 offset_int i;
5083
5084 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5085 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5086 doing it here. */
5087 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5088 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5089
5090 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5091 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5092 {
5093 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5094 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5095 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5096 max_index = index;
5097 }
5098
5099 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5100 return 0;
5101
5102 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5103 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5104 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5105
5106 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5107 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5108
5109 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5110 return i.to_uhwi ();
5111 }
5112
5113 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5114
5115 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5116
5117 struct oc_local_state {
5118
5119 /* Received arguments. */
5120 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5121 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5122 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5123 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5124 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5125
5126 /* Output processing state. */
5127 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5128 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5129 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5130 array element output within a bitfield. */
5131 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5132 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5133
5134 /* Current element. */
5135 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5136 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5137 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5138
5139 };
5140
5141 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5142 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5143
5144 static void
5145 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5146 {
5147 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5148 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5149
5150 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5151 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5152 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5153 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5154 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5155
5156 unsigned int align2
5157 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5158
5159 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5160 {
5161 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5162 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5163 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5164 else
5165 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5166 local->reverse, false);
5167
5168 /* Count its size. */
5169 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5170 }
5171 }
5172
5173 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5174 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5175
5176 static void
5177 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5178 {
5179 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5180 positions are constant. */
5181 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5182 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5183
5184 unsigned int align2;
5185
5186 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5187 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5188 {
5189 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5190 local->total_bytes++;
5191 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5192 }
5193
5194 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5195 {
5196 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5197 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5198 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5199 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5200 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5201 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5202 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5203 .to_short_addr ();
5204 }
5205 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5206 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5207 else
5208 fieldpos = 0;
5209
5210 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5211 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5212 if each element has the proper size. */
5213 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5214 {
5215 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5216 {
5217 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5218 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5219 }
5220 else
5221 /* Must not go backwards. */
5222 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5223 }
5224
5225 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5226 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5227
5228 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5229 if (local->field)
5230 {
5231 fieldsize = 0;
5232
5233 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5234 the initializer determines the size. */
5235 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5236 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5237 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5238 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5239 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5240 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5241 {
5242 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5243 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5244 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5245 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5246 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5247 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5248 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5249 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5250 }
5251 else
5252 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5253 }
5254 else
5255 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5256
5257 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5258 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5259 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5260 else
5261 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5262 local->reverse, false);
5263
5264 /* Count its size. */
5265 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5266 }
5267
5268 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5269 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5270 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5271
5272 static void
5273 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5274 {
5275 /* Bit size of this element. */
5276 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5277 = (local->field
5278 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5279 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5280
5281 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5282 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5283 = (!local->field
5284 ? (local->index
5285 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5286 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5287 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5288 : 0);
5289
5290 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5291 constructor. */
5292 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5293 = (local->field
5294 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5295 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5296
5297 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5298 outer byte buffer. */
5299 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5300 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5301
5302 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5303 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5304 this element. */
5305 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5306 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5307
5308 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5309
5310 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5311 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5312
5313 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5314 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5315 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5316
5317 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5318 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5319 {
5320 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5321 return;
5322 }
5323
5324 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5325 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5326 {
5327 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5328 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5329 {
5330 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5331 local->total_bytes++;
5332 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5333 }
5334
5335 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5336 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5337 {
5338 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5339 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5340 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5341 }
5342 }
5343
5344 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5345 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5346 {
5347 local->byte = 0;
5348 if (ebitsize > 0)
5349 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5353 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5354 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5355 {
5356 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5357 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5358 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5359 local->total_bytes
5360 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5361 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5362 return;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5366 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5367 bit-fields. */
5368 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5369 {
5370 int this_time;
5371 int shift;
5372 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5373 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5374 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5375
5376 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5377 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5378 {
5379 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5380 local->total_bytes++;
5381 local->byte = 0;
5382 }
5383
5384 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5385 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5386 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5387 {
5388 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5389 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5390 the most significant end. */
5391 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5392
5393 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5394 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5395 only select bits from one element. */
5396 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5397 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5398 {
5399 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5400 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5401 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5402 }
5403
5404 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5405 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5406 shift, this_time);
5407
5408 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5409 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5410 local->byte |= value << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit);
5411 }
5412 else
5413 {
5414 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5415 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5416 bits of the bytes. */
5417 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5418
5419 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5420 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5421 only select bits from one element. */
5422 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5423 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5424 this_time
5425 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5426
5427 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5428 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5429 shift, this_time);
5430
5431 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5432 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5433 local->byte |= value << next_bit;
5434 }
5435
5436 next_offset += this_time;
5437 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5438 }
5439 }
5440
5441 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5442 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5443 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5444
5445 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5446 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5447 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5448 {
5449 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5450 constructor_elt *ce;
5451 oc_local_state local;
5452
5453 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5454 local.exp = exp;
5455 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5456 local.size = size;
5457 local.align = align;
5458 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5459 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5460 else
5461 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5462
5463 local.total_bytes = 0;
5464 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5465 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5466 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5467 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5468 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5469 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5470 else
5471 local.reverse = reverse;
5472
5473 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5474
5475 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5476 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5477 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5478 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5479
5480 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5481 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5482 more one). */
5483
5484 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5485 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5486 else
5487 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5488
5489 for (cnt = 0;
5490 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5491 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5492 {
5493 local.val = ce->value;
5494 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5495
5496 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5497 or index. */
5498 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5499 local.field = ce->index;
5500
5501 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5502 local.index = ce->index;
5503
5504 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5505 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5506 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5507 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5508 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5509 : "<anonymous>");
5510
5511 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5512 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5513 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5514
5515 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5516
5517 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5518 if (!outer
5519 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5520 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5521 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5522
5523 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5524 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5525 else if (!outer
5526 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5527 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5528 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5529
5530 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5531 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5532 else
5533 {
5534 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5535 local.val
5536 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5537 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5538 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5539 local.val);
5540 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5541 }
5542 }
5543
5544 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5545 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5546 if (outer)
5547 outer->byte = local.byte;
5548 else
5549 {
5550 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5551 {
5552 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5553 local.total_bytes++;
5554 }
5555
5556 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5557 {
5558 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5559 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5560 }
5561 }
5562
5563 return local.total_bytes;
5564 }
5565
5566 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5567
5568 static void
5569 mark_weak (tree decl)
5570 {
5571 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5572 return;
5573
5574 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5575 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5576 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5577 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5578
5579 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5580 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5581 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5582 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5583 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5587
5588 void
5589 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5590 {
5591 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5592 {
5593 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5594 {
5595 tree *pwd;
5596 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5597 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5598 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5599 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5600 {
5601 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5602 break;
5603 }
5604 }
5605 return;
5606 }
5607
5608 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5609 {
5610 tree wd;
5611
5612 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5613
5614 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5615 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5616 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5617 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5618
5619 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5620 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5621 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5622 impossible. */
5623 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5624 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5625
5626 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5627 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5628 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5629 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5630
5631 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5632 {
5633 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5634 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5635 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5636 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5637 {
5638 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5639 break;
5640 }
5641 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5642 weak alias, then we will have already called
5643 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5644 not need to do anything. */
5645 }
5646
5647 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5648 mark_weak (olddecl);
5649 }
5650 else
5651 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5652 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5653 mark_weak (newdecl);
5654 }
5655
5656 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5657
5658 void
5659 declare_weak (tree decl)
5660 {
5661 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5662 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5663 {
5664 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5665 return;
5666 }
5667 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5668 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5669
5670 mark_weak (decl);
5671 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5672 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5673 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5674 }
5675
5676 static void
5677 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5678 {
5679 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5680 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5681 #endif
5682
5683 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5684 return;
5685
5686 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5687 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5688 #else
5689 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5690 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5691 #else
5692 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5693 {
5694 static bool warn_once = 0;
5695 if (! warn_once)
5696 {
5697 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5698 warn_once = 1;
5699 }
5700 return;
5701 }
5702 #endif
5703 #endif
5704 #endif
5705 }
5706
5707 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5708 static tree
5709 find_decl (tree target)
5710 {
5711 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5712 if (node)
5713 return node->decl;
5714 return NULL_TREE;
5715 }
5716
5717 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5718
5719 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5720
5721 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5722
5723 void
5724 weak_finish (void)
5725 {
5726 tree t;
5727
5728 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5729 {
5730 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5731 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5732
5733 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5734 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5735 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5736 the target alone. */
5737 target = NULL_TREE;
5738 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5739 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5740 {
5741 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5742 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5743 different macros. */
5744 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5745 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5746 # else
5747 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5748
5749 if (! decl)
5750 {
5751 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5752 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5753 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5754
5755 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5756 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5757 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5758 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5759 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5760 }
5761
5762 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5763 # endif
5764 }
5765 #endif
5766
5767 {
5768 tree *p;
5769 tree t2;
5770
5771 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5772 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5773 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5774 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5775 {
5776 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5777 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5778 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5779 else
5780 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5781 }
5782
5783 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5784 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5785 {
5786 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5787 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5788 else
5789 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5790 }
5791 }
5792 }
5793
5794 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5795 {
5796 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5797
5798 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5799 }
5800 }
5801
5802 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5803
5804 static void
5805 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5806 {
5807
5808 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5809 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5810 {
5811 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5812 tree *p, t;
5813
5814 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5815 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5816 #else
5817 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5818 #endif
5819
5820 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5821 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5822 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5823 {
5824 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5825 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5826 else
5827 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5828 }
5829
5830 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5831 list, for the same reason. */
5832 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5833 {
5834 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5835 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5836 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5837 else
5838 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5839 }
5840
5841 return;
5842 }
5843 #endif
5844
5845 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5846 }
5847
5848 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5849
5850 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5851 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5852 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5853
5854 void
5855 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5856 {
5857 tree id;
5858
5859 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5860 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5861 && VAR_P (decl)
5862 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5863
5864 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5865 return;
5866
5867 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5868 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5869 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5870
5871 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5872 we don't use it here. */
5873 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5874
5875 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5876 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5877 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5878
5879 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5880 {
5881 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5882 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5883
5884 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5885 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5886 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5887 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5888 #else
5889 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5890 {
5891 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5892 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5893 return;
5894 }
5895 #endif
5896 return;
5897 }
5898
5899 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5900 tree orig_decl = decl;
5901
5902 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5903
5904 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5905 {
5906 globalize_decl (decl);
5907 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5908 }
5909 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5910 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5911 {
5912 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5913 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5914 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5915 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5916 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5917 else
5918 #endif
5919 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5920 "%qs is not supported on this target", "ifunc");
5921 }
5922
5923 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5924 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5925 # else
5926 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5927 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5928 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5929 # endif
5930 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5931 {
5932 const char *name;
5933 tree *p, t;
5934
5935 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5936 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5937 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5938 # else
5939 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5940 # endif
5941 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5942 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5943 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5944 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5945 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5946 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5947 else
5948 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5949
5950 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5951 list, for the same reason. */
5952 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5953 {
5954 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5955 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5956 else
5957 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5958 }
5959 }
5960 #endif
5961 }
5962
5963 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5964 the symbol for TARGET. */
5965
5966 void
5967 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5968 {
5969 tree target_decl;
5970
5971 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5972 {
5973 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5974
5975 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5976
5977 if (alias == target)
5978 error ("%qs symbol %q+D ultimately targets itself", "weakref", decl);
5979 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5980 error ("%qs symbol %q+D must have static linkage", "weakref", decl);
5981 }
5982 else
5983 {
5984 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5985 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5986 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5987 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5988 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5989 return;
5990 # else
5991 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5992 {
5993 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5994 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5995 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5996 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5997 "%qs is not supported in this configuration", "ifunc");
5998 else
5999 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
6000 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
6001 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
6002 return;
6003 }
6004 # endif
6005 #endif
6006 }
6007 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
6008
6009 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
6010 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6011 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6012 else
6013 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6014
6015 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
6016 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
6017 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
6018 target_decl = find_decl (target);
6019 else
6020 target_decl= NULL;
6021 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
6022 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
6023 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
6024 else
6025 {
6026 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
6027 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
6028 }
6029 }
6030
6031 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
6032 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
6033 considered to be their own clone. */
6034
6035 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
6036 {
6037 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
6038 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
6039
6040 static int
6041 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
6042 {
6043 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6044 }
6045 };
6046
6047 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6048
6049 void
6050 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6051 {
6052 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6053
6054 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6055 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6056
6057 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6058 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6059 h->base.from = o;
6060 h->to = n;
6061
6062 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6063 *slot = h;
6064 }
6065
6066 tree
6067 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6068 {
6069 if (tm_clone_hash)
6070 {
6071 struct tree_map *h, in;
6072
6073 in.base.from = o;
6074 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6075 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6076 if (h)
6077 return h->to;
6078 }
6079 return NULL_TREE;
6080 }
6081
6082 struct tm_alias_pair
6083 {
6084 unsigned int uid;
6085 tree from;
6086 tree to;
6087 };
6088
6089
6090 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6091
6092 static void
6093 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6094 {
6095 unsigned i;
6096 tm_alias_pair *p;
6097 bool switched = false;
6098
6099 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6100 {
6101 tree src = p->from;
6102 tree dst = p->to;
6103 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6104 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6105
6106 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6107 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6108 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6109 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6110 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6111 in the clone table. */
6112 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6113 continue;
6114
6115 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6116 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6117 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6118 continue;
6119
6120 if (!switched)
6121 {
6122 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6123 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6124 switched = true;
6125 }
6126
6127 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6128 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6129 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6130 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6131 }
6132 }
6133
6134 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6135
6136 section *
6137 default_clone_table_section (void)
6138 {
6139 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6140 }
6141
6142 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6143 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6144
6145 static int
6146 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6147 {
6148 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6149 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6150 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6151 return -1;
6152 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6153 return 1;
6154 return 0;
6155 }
6156
6157 void
6158 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6159 {
6160 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6161
6162 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6163 return;
6164
6165 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6166 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6167 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6168
6169 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6170 tree_map *map;
6171 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6172 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6173 {
6174 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6175 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6176 }
6177 /* Sort it. */
6178 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6179
6180 /* Dump it. */
6181 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6182
6183 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6184 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6185 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6186 }
6187
6188
6189 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6190 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6191
6192 void
6193 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6194 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6195 {
6196 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6197 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6198 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6199 };
6200
6201 const char *name, *type;
6202 tree id;
6203
6204 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6205 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6206 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6207
6208 type = visibility_types[vis];
6209
6210 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6211 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6212 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6213 #else
6214 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6215 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6216 "in this configuration; ignored");
6217 #endif
6218 }
6219
6220 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6221
6222 int
6223 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6224 {
6225 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6226 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6227 {
6228 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6229 return 1;
6230 }
6231 else
6232 return 0;
6233 }
6234
6235 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6236 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6237 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6238 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6239
6240 int
6241 supports_one_only (void)
6242 {
6243 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6244 return 1;
6245 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6249 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6250
6251 void
6252 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6253 {
6254 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6255 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6256
6257 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6258
6259 if (VAR_P (decl))
6260 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6261 else
6262 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6263
6264 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6265 {
6266 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6267 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6268 #endif
6269 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6270 }
6271 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6272 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6273 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6274 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6275 else
6276 {
6277 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6278 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6279 }
6280 }
6281
6282 void
6283 init_varasm_once (void)
6284 {
6285 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6286 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6287 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6288
6289 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6290
6291 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6292 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6293 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6294 #endif
6295
6296 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6297 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6298 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6299 #endif
6300
6301 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6302 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6303 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6304 #endif
6305
6306 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6307 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6308 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6309 #endif
6310
6311 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6312 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6313 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6314 #endif
6315
6316 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6317 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6318 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6319 #endif
6320
6321 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6322 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6323 output_section_asm_op,
6324 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6325 #endif
6326
6327 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6328 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6329 output_section_asm_op,
6330 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6331 #endif
6332
6333 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6334 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6335 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6336 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6337 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6338 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6339
6340 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6341 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6342 emit_bss);
6343 #endif
6344
6345 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6346
6347 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6348 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6349
6350 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6351 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6352 #endif
6353 }
6354
6355 enum tls_model
6356 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6357 {
6358 enum tls_model kind;
6359 bool is_local;
6360
6361 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6362 if (!flag_shlib)
6363 {
6364 if (is_local)
6365 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6366 else
6367 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6368 }
6369
6370 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6371 parts of the address. */
6372 else if (optimize && is_local)
6373 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6374 else
6375 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6376 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6377 kind = flag_tls_default;
6378
6379 return kind;
6380 }
6381
6382 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6383 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6384 might contain runtime relocations.
6385
6386 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6387 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6388
6389 unsigned int
6390 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6391 {
6392 unsigned int flags;
6393
6394 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6395 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6396 else if (decl)
6397 {
6398 enum section_category category
6399 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6400 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6401 flags = 0;
6402 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6403 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6404 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6405 else
6406 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6407 }
6408 else
6409 {
6410 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6411 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6412 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6413 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6414 }
6415
6416 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6417 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6418
6419 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6420 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6421
6422 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6423 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6424
6425 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6426 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6427 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6428 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6429 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6430 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6431 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6432 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6433
6434 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6435 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6436 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6437 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6438
6439 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6440 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6441 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6442 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6443
6444 if (strcmp (name, ".noinit") == 0)
6445 flags |= SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_NOTYPE;
6446
6447 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6448 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6449 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6450 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6451 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6452 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6453 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6454 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6455 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6456 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6457 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6458 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6459
6460 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6461 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6462 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6463 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6464 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6465
6466 return flags;
6467 }
6468
6469 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6470 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6471 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6472
6473 bool
6474 have_global_bss_p (void)
6475 {
6476 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6477 }
6478
6479 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6480 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6481
6482 void
6483 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6484 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6485 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6486 {
6487 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6488 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6489 gcc_unreachable ();
6490 }
6491
6492 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6493 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6494 #endif
6495
6496 void
6497 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6498 tree decl)
6499 {
6500 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6501 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6502
6503 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6504 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6505 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6506 declaration every time. */
6507 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6508 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6509 {
6510 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6511 return;
6512 }
6513
6514 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6515 this on to GAS. */
6516 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6517 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6518 else
6519 {
6520 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6521 *f++ = 'a';
6522 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6523 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6524 *f++ = 'e';
6525 #endif
6526 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6527 *f++ = 'w';
6528 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6529 *f++ = 'x';
6530 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6531 *f++ = 's';
6532 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6533 *f++ = 'M';
6534 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6535 *f++ = 'S';
6536 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6537 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6538 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6539 *f++ = 'G';
6540 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6541 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6542 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6543 #endif
6544 *f = '\0';
6545 }
6546
6547 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6548
6549 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6550 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6551 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6552 section names. */
6553 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6554 {
6555 const char *type;
6556 const char *format;
6557
6558 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6559 type = "nobits";
6560 else
6561 type = "progbits";
6562
6563 format = ",@%s";
6564 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6565 use "%" instead. */
6566 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6567 format = ",%%%s";
6568 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6569
6570 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6571 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6572 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6573 {
6574 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6575 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6576 else
6577 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6578 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6579 }
6580 }
6581
6582 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6583 }
6584
6585 void
6586 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6587 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6588 {
6589 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6590
6591 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6592 *f++ = 'w';
6593 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6594 *f++ = 'x';
6595 *f = '\0';
6596
6597 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6598 }
6599
6600 void
6601 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6602 tree decl)
6603 {
6604 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6605
6606 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6607 {
6608 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6609 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6610 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6611 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6612 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6613 }
6614 }
6615 \f
6616 /* The lame default section selector. */
6617
6618 section *
6619 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6620 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6621 {
6622 if (DECL_P (decl))
6623 {
6624 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6625 return readonly_data_section;
6626 }
6627 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6628 {
6629 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6630 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6631 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6632 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6633 return readonly_data_section;
6634 }
6635 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6636 return readonly_data_section;
6637 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6638 return readonly_data_section;
6639
6640 return data_section;
6641 }
6642
6643 enum section_category
6644 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6645 {
6646 enum section_category ret;
6647
6648 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6649 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6650 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6651 {
6652 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6653 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6654 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6655 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6656 else
6657 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6658 }
6659 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6660 {
6661 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6662 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6663 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6664 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6665 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6666 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6667 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6668 {
6669 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6670 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6671 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6672 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6673 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6674 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6675 else
6676 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6677 }
6678 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6679 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6680 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6681 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6682 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6683 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6684 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6685 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6686 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6687 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6688 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6689 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6690 false positives. */
6691 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6692 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6693 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6694 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6695 expense of not conforming). */
6696 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6697 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6698 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6699 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6700 else
6701 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6702 }
6703 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6704 {
6705 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6706 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6707 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6708 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6709 else
6710 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6711 }
6712 else
6713 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6714
6715 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6716 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6717 {
6718 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6719 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6720 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6721 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6722 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6723 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6724 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6725 else
6726 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6727 }
6728
6729 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6730 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6731 {
6732 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6733 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6734 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6735 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6736 else
6737 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6738 }
6739
6740 return ret;
6741 }
6742
6743 static bool
6744 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6745 {
6746 switch (category)
6747 {
6748 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6749 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6750 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6751 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6752 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6753 return true;
6754 default:
6755 return false;
6756 }
6757 }
6758
6759 bool
6760 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6761 {
6762 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6763 }
6764
6765 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6766
6767 section *
6768 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6769 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6770 {
6771 const char *sname;
6772
6773 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6774 {
6775 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6776 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6777 gcc_unreachable ();
6778 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6779 return readonly_data_section;
6780 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6781 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6782 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6783 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6784 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6785 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6786 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6787 sname = ".sdata2";
6788 break;
6789 case SECCAT_DATA:
6790 return data_section;
6791 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6792 sname = ".data.rel";
6793 break;
6794 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6795 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6796 break;
6797 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6798 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6799 break;
6800 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6801 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6802 break;
6803 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6804 sname = ".sdata";
6805 break;
6806 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6807 sname = ".tdata";
6808 break;
6809 case SECCAT_BSS:
6810 if (DECL_P (decl)
6811 && lookup_attribute ("noinit", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)) != NULL_TREE)
6812 {
6813 sname = ".noinit";
6814 break;
6815 }
6816
6817 if (bss_section)
6818 return bss_section;
6819 sname = ".bss";
6820 break;
6821 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6822 sname = ".sbss";
6823 break;
6824 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6825 sname = ".tbss";
6826 break;
6827 default:
6828 gcc_unreachable ();
6829 }
6830
6831 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6832 }
6833
6834 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6835 categorization performed above. */
6836
6837 void
6838 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6839 {
6840 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6841 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6842 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6843 char *string;
6844 tree id;
6845
6846 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6847 {
6848 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6849 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6850 break;
6851 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6852 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6853 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6854 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6855 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6856 break;
6857 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6858 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6859 break;
6860 case SECCAT_DATA:
6861 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6862 break;
6863 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6864 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6865 break;
6866 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6867 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6868 break;
6869 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6870 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6871 break;
6872 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6873 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6874 break;
6875 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6876 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6877 break;
6878 case SECCAT_BSS:
6879 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6880 break;
6881 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6882 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6883 break;
6884 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6885 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6886 break;
6887 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6888 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6889 break;
6890 default:
6891 gcc_unreachable ();
6892 }
6893
6894 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6895 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6896 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6897 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6898
6899 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6900 prefix to the section name. */
6901 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6902
6903 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6904
6905 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6909
6910 static int
6911 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6912 {
6913 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6914 {
6915 case SYMBOL_REF:
6916 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6917 case LABEL_REF:
6918 return 1;
6919 default:
6920 return 0;
6921 }
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6925 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6926 indicates a local relocation. */
6927
6928 static int
6929 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6930 {
6931 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6932 {
6933 case SYMBOL_REF:
6934 case LABEL_REF:
6935 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6936
6937 case CONST:
6938 {
6939 int reloc = 0;
6940 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6941 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6942 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6943 return reloc;
6944 }
6945
6946 default:
6947 return 0;
6948 }
6949 }
6950
6951 section *
6952 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6953 rtx x,
6954 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6955 {
6956 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6957 return data_section;
6958 else
6959 return readonly_data_section;
6960 }
6961
6962 section *
6963 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6964 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6965 {
6966 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6967
6968 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6969
6970 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6971 {
6972 if (reloc == 1)
6973 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6974 else
6975 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6976 }
6977
6978 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6979 }
6980
6981 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6982
6983 void
6984 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6985 {
6986 rtx symbol;
6987 int flags;
6988
6989 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6990 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6991 return;
6992 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6993 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6994 return;
6995
6996 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6997 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6998 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6999 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7000 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
7001 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
7002 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7003 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7004 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
7005 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
7006 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
7007 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
7008 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7009 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
7010
7011 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
7012 }
7013
7014 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
7015 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
7016
7017 const char *
7018 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
7019 {
7020 return str + (*str == '*');
7021 }
7022
7023 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
7024 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
7025 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
7026
7027 void
7028 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
7029 {
7030 char buffer[100];
7031
7032 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
7033 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
7034 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
7035 }
7036 #endif
7037
7038 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
7039
7040 bool
7041 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
7042 {
7043 tree decl;
7044 section *sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
7045
7046 /* This function should only be called with non-zero SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK,
7047 furthermore get_block_for_section should not create object blocks
7048 for mergeable sections. */
7049 gcc_checking_assert (sect && !(sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7050
7051 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
7052 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
7053 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7054 return false;
7055
7056 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7057 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7058 {
7059 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7060 usurped by other modules. */
7061 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7062 return false;
7063
7064 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7065 small data section. */
7066 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7067 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7068 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
7069 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7070 return false;
7071
7072 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7073 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7074 to the entire declaration. */
7075 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7076 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7077 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7078 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7079 return false;
7080
7081 }
7082 return true;
7083 }
7084
7085 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7086 definition provided by current .o file. */
7087
7088 static bool
7089 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7090 {
7091 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7092 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7093 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7094 }
7095
7096 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7097 within current executable or DSO. */
7098
7099 static bool
7100 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7101 {
7102 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7103 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7104 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7105 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7106 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7107 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7108 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7109 }
7110
7111 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7112 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7113 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7114
7115 bool
7116 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7117 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7118 {
7119 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7120 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7121 return true;
7122
7123 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7124 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7125 might resolve to a non-local function.
7126 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7127 weakref alias. */
7128 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7129 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7130 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7131 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7132 return false;
7133
7134 /* Static variables are always local. */
7135 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7136 return true;
7137
7138 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7139 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7140 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7141 in shared libraries. */
7142 bool resolved_locally = false;
7143
7144 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7145 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7146 || (!in_lto_p
7147 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7148
7149 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7150 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7151 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7152 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7153 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7154 {
7155 if (node->in_other_partition)
7156 defined_locally = true;
7157 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7158 ;
7159 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7160 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7161 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7162 resolved_locally = true;
7163 }
7164 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7165 resolved_locally = true;
7166
7167 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7168 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7169 return false;
7170
7171 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7172 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7173 for undefined symbols. */
7174 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7175 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7176 || !extern_protected_data
7177 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7178 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7179 return true;
7180
7181 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7182 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7183 if (shlib)
7184 return false;
7185
7186 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7187 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7188 return false;
7189
7190 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7191 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7192 return false;
7193
7194 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7195 resolved from other modules. */
7196 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7197 return false;
7198
7199 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7200 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7201 return true;
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7205 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7206
7207 bool
7208 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7209 {
7210 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7211 }
7212
7213 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7214 extern protected data is non-local. */
7215
7216 bool
7217 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7218 {
7219 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7220 !flag_pic);
7221 }
7222
7223 bool
7224 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7225 {
7226 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7227 }
7228
7229 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7230 final executable.
7231
7232 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7233 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7234 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7235 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7236 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7237 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7238 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7239 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7240 bool
7241 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7242 {
7243 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7244 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7245 return false;
7246 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7247 return true;
7248
7249 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7250 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7251 {
7252 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7253 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7254 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7255 }
7256
7257 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7258 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7259 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7260 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7261 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7262 for all other declaration types. */
7263 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7264 return false;
7265 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7266 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7267 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7268 return false;
7269 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7270 return false;
7271 return true;
7272 }
7273
7274 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7275 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7276 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7277 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7278
7279 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7280 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7281 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7282 instantiations is not penalized. */
7283
7284 bool
7285 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7286 {
7287 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7288 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7289 return false;
7290 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7291 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7292 return false;
7293 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7294 }
7295
7296 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7297 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7298 globalize a label. */
7299 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7300 void
7301 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7302 {
7303 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7304 assemble_name (stream, name);
7305 putc ('\n', stream);
7306 }
7307 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7308
7309 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7310 void
7311 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7312 {
7313 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7314 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7318 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7319 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7320 void
7321 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7322 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7323 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7324 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7325 {
7326 }
7327
7328 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7329 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7330 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7331 void
7332 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7333 {
7334 }
7335
7336 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7337 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7338
7339 void
7340 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7341 unsigned long labelno)
7342 {
7343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7344 }
7345
7346 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7347 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7348
7349 void
7350 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7351 unsigned long labelno)
7352 {
7353 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7354 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7355 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7356 }
7357
7358
7359 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7360
7361 void
7362 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7363 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7364 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7365 {
7366 assemble_label (file, name);
7367 }
7368
7369 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7370 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7371 void
7372 default_file_start (void)
7373 {
7374 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7375 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7376 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7377
7378 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7379 {
7380 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7381 if (in_lto_p)
7382 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7383 else
7384 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7385 }
7386 }
7387
7388 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7389 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7390 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7391 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7392
7393 int trampolines_created;
7394
7395 void
7396 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7397 {
7398 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7399 if (trampolines_created)
7400 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7401
7402 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7403 }
7404
7405 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7406 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7407 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7408 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7409 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7410 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7411 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7412 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7413
7414 void
7415 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7416 {
7417 if (flag_split_stack)
7418 {
7419 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7420 NULL));
7421 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7422 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7423 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7424 }
7425 }
7426
7427 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7428 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7429
7430 void
7431 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7432 {
7433 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7434 }
7435
7436 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7437 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7438
7439 void
7440 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7441 {
7442 if (in_section == new_section)
7443 return;
7444
7445 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7446 in_section = NULL;
7447 else
7448 in_section = new_section;
7449
7450 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7451 {
7452 case SECTION_NAMED:
7453 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7454 new_section->named.common.flags,
7455 new_section->named.decl);
7456 break;
7457
7458 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7459 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7460 break;
7461
7462 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7463 gcc_unreachable ();
7464 break;
7465 }
7466
7467 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7468 }
7469
7470 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7471 it at the end of its block. */
7472
7473 void
7474 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7475 {
7476 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7477 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7478 unsigned int alignment;
7479 struct object_block *block;
7480 tree decl;
7481
7482 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7483 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7484 return;
7485
7486 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7487 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7488 {
7489 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7490 alignment = desc->align;
7491 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7492 }
7493 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7494 {
7495 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7496 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7497 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7498 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7499 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7500 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7501 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7502 {
7503 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7504 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7505 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7506 }
7507 }
7508 else
7509 {
7510 struct symtab_node *snode;
7511 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7512
7513 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7514 if (snode->alias)
7515 {
7516 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7517
7518 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7519 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7520 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7521 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7522 place_block_symbol (target);
7523 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7524 return;
7525 }
7526 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7527 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7528 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7529 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7530 {
7531 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7532 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7533 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7538 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7539 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7540 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7541 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7542
7543 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7544 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7545 block->size = offset + size;
7546
7547 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7548 }
7549
7550 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7551 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7552 to access it. */
7553
7554 rtx
7555 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7556 enum tls_model model)
7557 {
7558 char label[100];
7559 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7560 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7561 rtx anchor;
7562
7563 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7564 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7565 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7566 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7567
7568 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7569 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7570 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7571 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7572 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7573 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7574
7575 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7576 signed overflow. */
7577 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7578 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7579 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7580 if (range == 0)
7581 offset = 0;
7582 else
7583 {
7584 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7585 if (offset < 0)
7586 {
7587 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7588 delta -= delta % range;
7589 if (delta > bias)
7590 delta = bias;
7591 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7592 }
7593 else
7594 {
7595 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7596 delta -= delta % range;
7597 if (delta > bias - 1)
7598 delta = bias - 1;
7599 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7600 }
7601 }
7602
7603 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7604 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7605 begin = 0;
7606 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7607 while (begin != end)
7608 {
7609 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7610 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7611 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7612 end = middle;
7613 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7614 begin = middle + 1;
7615 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7616 end = middle;
7617 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7618 begin = middle + 1;
7619 else
7620 return anchor;
7621 }
7622
7623 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7624 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7625 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7626 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7627 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7628
7629 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7630 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7631 return anchor;
7632 }
7633
7634 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7635
7636 static void
7637 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7638 {
7639 class constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7640 unsigned int i;
7641 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7642 tree decl;
7643 rtx symbol;
7644
7645 if (!block->objects)
7646 return;
7647
7648 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7649 suitably aligned. */
7650 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7651 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7652 && block->sect->named.name
7653 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7654 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7655 else
7656 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7657
7658 gcc_checking_assert (!(block->sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7659 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7660
7661 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7662 position. */
7663 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7664 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7665
7666 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7667 offset = 0;
7668 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7669 {
7670 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7671 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7672 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7673 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7674 {
7675 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7676 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7677 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7678 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7679 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7680 }
7681 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7682 {
7683 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7684 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7685 assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7686 DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7687
7688 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7689 offset += size;
7690 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7691 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7692 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7693 {
7694 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7695 assemble_zeros (size);
7696 offset += size;
7697 }
7698 }
7699 else
7700 {
7701 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7702 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7703 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7704 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7705 offset += size;
7706 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7707 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7708 {
7709 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7710 assemble_zeros (size);
7711 offset += size;
7712 }
7713 }
7714 }
7715 }
7716
7717 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7718
7719 static int
7720 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7721 {
7722 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7723 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7724
7725 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7726 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7727 return 1;
7728
7729 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7730 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7731 return -1;
7732
7733 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7734 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7735 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7736
7737 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7738 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7739 if (f1 == f2)
7740 return 0;
7741 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7742 }
7743
7744 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7745
7746 void
7747 output_object_blocks (void)
7748 {
7749 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7750 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7751 object_block *obj;
7752 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7753
7754 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7755 v.quick_push (obj);
7756
7757 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7758 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7759 and without -g. */
7760 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7761 unsigned i;
7762 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7763 output_object_block (obj);
7764
7765 v.release ();
7766 }
7767
7768 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7769 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7770 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7771 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7772 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7773
7774 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7775 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7776 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7777 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7778 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7779 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7780
7781 int
7782 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7783 {
7784 switch (type)
7785 {
7786 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7787 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7788 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7789 break;
7790
7791 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7792 if (name == NULL)
7793 {
7794 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7795 static bool started = false;
7796
7797 if (!started)
7798 {
7799 section * sec;
7800
7801 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7802 SECTION_DEBUG
7803 | SECTION_MERGE
7804 | SECTION_STRINGS
7805 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7806 NULL);
7807 switch_to_section (sec);
7808 started = true;
7809 }
7810 }
7811
7812 default:
7813 break;
7814 }
7815
7816 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7817 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7818 emitted into the assembler file. */
7819 return 0;
7820 }
7821
7822 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7823 properly support non-default visibility. */
7824 void
7825 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7826 tree decl,
7827 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7828 {
7829 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7830 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7831 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7832 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7833 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7834 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7835 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7836 }
7837
7838 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7839
7840 void
7841 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7842 {
7843 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7844 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7845 #else
7846 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7847 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7848 putc ('\n', file);
7849 #endif
7850 }
7851
7852 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7853
7854 void
7855 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7856 {
7857 int len;
7858 const char *na;
7859
7860 if (input_name == NULL)
7861 input_name = "<stdin>";
7862 else
7863 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7864
7865 len = strlen (input_name);
7866 na = input_name + len;
7867
7868 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7869 while (na > input_name)
7870 {
7871 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7872 break;
7873 na--;
7874 }
7875
7876 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7877 }
7878
7879 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7880 EXP. */
7881 rtx
7882 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7883 {
7884 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7885 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7886 rtx dval;
7887
7888 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7889 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7890 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7891 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7892 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7893 else
7894 type = NULL_TREE;
7895 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7896 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7897 else
7898 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7899 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7900 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7901 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7902 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7903 return dval;
7904 }
7905
7906 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7907 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7908
7909 void
7910 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7911 {
7912 int escape;
7913 unsigned char c;
7914
7915 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7916 putc ('"', f);
7917 while (*s != '\0')
7918 {
7919 c = *s;
7920 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7921 switch (escape)
7922 {
7923 case 0:
7924 putc (c, f);
7925 break;
7926 case 1:
7927 putc ('\\', f);
7928 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7929 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7930 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7931 break;
7932 default:
7933 putc ('\\', f);
7934 putc (escape, f);
7935 break;
7936 }
7937 s++;
7938 }
7939 putc ('\"', f);
7940 putc ('\n', f);
7941 }
7942
7943 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7944
7945 void
7946 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7947 {
7948 const char *limit = s + len;
7949 const char *last_null = NULL;
7950 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7951 unsigned char c;
7952 int escape;
7953
7954 for (; s < limit; s++)
7955 {
7956 const char *p;
7957
7958 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7959 {
7960 putc ('\"', f);
7961 putc ('\n', f);
7962 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7963 }
7964
7965 if (s > last_null)
7966 {
7967 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7968 continue;
7969 last_null = p;
7970 }
7971 else
7972 p = last_null;
7973
7974 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7975 {
7976 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7977 {
7978 putc ('\"', f);
7979 putc ('\n', f);
7980 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7981 }
7982
7983 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7984 s = p;
7985 }
7986 else
7987 {
7988 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7989 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7990
7991 c = *s;
7992 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7993 switch (escape)
7994 {
7995 case 0:
7996 putc (c, f);
7997 bytes_in_chunk++;
7998 break;
7999 case 1:
8000 putc ('\\', f);
8001 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
8002 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
8003 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
8004 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
8005 break;
8006 default:
8007 putc ('\\', f);
8008 putc (escape, f);
8009 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
8010 break;
8011 }
8012
8013 }
8014 }
8015
8016 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
8017 {
8018 putc ('\"', f);
8019 putc ('\n', f);
8020 }
8021 }
8022 #endif
8023
8024 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
8025 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
8026
8027 static section *
8028 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
8029 bool constructor_p)
8030 {
8031 section *sec;
8032 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
8033 {
8034 char buf[18];
8035 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
8036 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
8037 priority);
8038 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8039 }
8040 else
8041 {
8042 if (constructor_p)
8043 {
8044 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
8045 elf_init_array_section
8046 = get_section (".init_array",
8047 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8048 sec = elf_init_array_section;
8049 }
8050 else
8051 {
8052 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
8053 elf_fini_array_section
8054 = get_section (".fini_array",
8055 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8056 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8057 }
8058 }
8059 return sec;
8060 }
8061
8062 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8063
8064 void
8065 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8066 {
8067 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8068 true);
8069 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8070 }
8071
8072 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8073
8074 void
8075 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8076 {
8077 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8078 false);
8079 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8080 }
8081
8082 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8083
8084 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
8085 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
8086
8087 void
8088 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8089 {
8090 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8091
8092 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8093 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8094 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8095 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8096 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8097 {
8098 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8099 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8100 }
8101 else
8102 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8103 }
8104
8105
8106 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8107 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8108 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8109 with a single comdat name.
8110
8111 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8112 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8113 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8114 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8115
8116 static void
8117 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8118 {
8119 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8120 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8121 sect->named.common.flags
8122 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8123 DECL_NAME (decl));
8124 in_section = sect;
8125 #else
8126 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8127 Therefore the following check is used.
8128 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8129 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8130 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8131
8132 A fix could be made in
8133 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8134 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8135 {
8136 char *name;
8137
8138 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8139 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8140 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8141 else
8142 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8143 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8144 NULL));
8145
8146 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8147 sect->named.common.flags
8148 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8149 DECL_NAME (decl));
8150 in_section = sect;
8151 }
8152 else
8153 switch_to_section (sect);
8154 #endif
8155 }
8156
8157 #include "gt-varasm.h"